BJ-W3000-3050 SM

Transcription

BJ-W3000-3050 SM
REVISION 0
JAN. 2000
QY8-1366-000
COPYRIGHT  2000 CANON INC. CANON BJ-W3000/3050 0100 GR 0.40-0 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
0000 GR 0.40-0
Target Readers
This manual is published by Canon Inc. for qualified persons and contains the necessary technical
information for technical theory, installation, maintenance, and repair of products. This manual covers
all localities where the products are sold. For this reason, it may contain information that does not
apply to your locality.
Revisions
This manual may include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors due to improvements or
changes in the products. When amendments are made to the content of this manual, Canon will issue
technical information as the need arises. In the event of major alterations to the content of this manual
over a long or short period, Canon will publish a revised version of the manual.
The following paragraphs do not apply to any countries where such provisions are
inconsistent with local law.
Trademarks
The product names and company names appearing in this manual are the registered trademarks or
trademarks of the individual companies.
Copyright
This manual is copyrighted and all rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this manual may not be
copied, reproduced, or translated into other languages, in whole or in part, without the express written
consent of Canon Inc. except in the case of internal business use.
Copyright  2000 by Canon Inc.
CANON INC.
Quality Engineering Center
30-2 Shimomaruko 3-chome, Ohta-ku, Tokyo 146-8501, Japan
This manual was produced on an Apple® Power Macintosh® G3 personal computer and Canon LASER
SHOT LBP-730PS laser beam printer; final pages were printed on Varityper® 4300J.
All logos graphics were produced with Adobe® Illustrator® 5.0J / 5.5J / 8.0J and MACROMEDIA
FREEHAND 7.0J.
All documents and all page layouts were created with Adobe® Page Maker® 6.5J and QuarkXPress 3.3J.
PREFACE
This Service Manual describes fundamental field service for the BJ-W3000/BJ-W3050 large
format printer.
This Manual is composed of the following chapters:
Chapter 1 General Description: Features, specifications and operating procedures
Chapter 2 Basic Operation: Operation of mechanical and electric functions
Chapter 3 Mechanical System: Mechanical setup and assembling/disassembling procedure
Chapter 4 Maintenance and Servicing: Periodic parts replacement, Standard service life of
consumables, Periodical services, points of maintenance and inspections
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting: Service mode, adjusting and settings, operation trouble
correction, image trouble correction
Chapter 6 Circuite diagrams
Appendix Menu guide
iii
PREFACE
Descriptions in this manual are based on the following conventions.
1. In the Basic Operation section, the roles of each function, relationships between electrical
and mechanical systems, and the timing for each part are summarized.
The mark
indicates mechanical drive transmission. The mark
accompanying a signal name indicates the flow of electrical signals.
Flow charts are also used in the summary of operation.
The symbols used in the flow charts are as follows:
Start/completion
Operation
Decision
Remedy
Jump
Stop
2. In the descriptions of digital circuits, "1" or "H" indicates a high voltage level, and "0" or
"L", a low voltage level. However, the actual voltage values vary depending on the circuit.
3. It is assumed that the Printed circuit board (PCB) will not be repaired by the user. Therefore, the descriptions of the circuits on the PCB are limited to block diagrams.
4. Troubleshooting is described using procedural tables.
The procedural table is a variation of a general flow chart.
An example is shown below.
e.g. No power is supplied.
Cause
Step
Check item
Result
Remedy
Unplugged power
source
1
Is the power cord properly connected to the receptacle on the
machine and the outlet?
NO
Connect the power code to the
machine and outlet.
Power source failure
2
Is the specified voltage applied to
the outlet?
NO
Explain to the customer that the
trouble is not attributable to the
machine.
Blown fuse
3
Is the fuse on the DC power PCB
(F1) blown?
YES
Remove the cause of the blown
fuse and replace the DC power
PCB.
•
If you want to know the possible causes of any specific problem (suspected parts), refer to
the "Cause" column in the table.
In the event "No power is supplied" as shown in the above table, an unplugged power
source, power source failure, blown fuse, and other causes can be considered.
ii
iii
PREFACE
•
In order to remedy a problem, check the Steps in order. Answer the first "Check item"
question. If your answer matches that given in the "Result", follow the corresponding procedure in the "Remedy" column. If your answer is not the same, go on to the next step and
repeat the same procedure.
<Step>
<Check item>
1
Is the
power cord properly
connected to the receptacle
on the machine
and outlet?
<Result>
<Remedy>
NO
Connect in the power code
to the machine and outlet.
NO
Explain to the customer that
the trouble is not attributable
to the machine.
YES
Remove the cause of the
blown fuse and replace the
DC power PCB.
YES
Is the specified
voltage applied to the outlet?
2
YES
Is the fuse
on the DC power PCB (F1)
blown?
3
NO
•
When checking voltages using a tester is required, it will be specified in the check item.
For instance; "measure the voltage between J102-1 (+) and JI02-2 (-) on the engine controller PCB". In this case, apply the plus and minus leads of the tester to the (+) and (-) terminals indicated after the connector numbers:
e.g. JI02-1 (+): Plus lead
JI02-2 (-): Minus lead
5. The signal address of the circuit diagram is shown by applicable pages of each controller
(indicated at the upper right of the circuit diagram) and its location.
CAUTION
When checking voltages with a tester, touching the components or connector terminals on
the PCB with the hands may cause an electric shock. It is advisable to wear rubber gloves
or the like when power is supplied to the machine to protect yourself from electric shock.
iii
iv
PREFACE
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
I.
SPECIFICATIONS ............................................ 1-1
1. Type ............................................................. 1-1
2. Exterior ........................................................ 1-1
3. Mechanism .................................................. 1-2
4. Media ........................................................... 1-4
5. Others .......................................................... 1-6
II. NAMES OF COMPONENTS ............................. 1-7
A. External View ............................................... 1-7
B. Carriage ....................................................... 1-8
C. Cable Connections ...................................... 1-8
D. Rear Side of Main Unit ................................. 1-9
E. Printing Direction .......................................... 1-9
III. OPERATION ................................................... 1-10
A. Operation Panel ......................................... 1-10
B. Printer States ............................................. 1-11
C. User Mode Menu .......................................... 13
1. Menu guide ............................................. 13
2. Menu and parameter setup .................. 1-14
3. Details of user mode menus ................ 1-14
4. Using the setup list ............................... 1-25
5. Dump mode .......................................... 1-27
6. Image layout ......................................... 1-27
D. Basic Operation ......................................... 1-29
E. Paper Thickness Adjustment Lever ........... 1-31
IV. CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT ....................... 1-32
A. Replacing the BJ Print head ....................... 1-32
B. Replacing the Ink Tank ............................... 1-34
V. SIMM REPLACEMENT ................................... 1-36
A. About SIMM ............................................... 1-36
B. SIMM Installation ....................................... 1-36
C. SIMM Removal .......................................... 1-37
VI. CAUTIONS ON HANDLING ............................ 1-38
A. Cartridges .................................................. 1-38
1. Cautions on handling the BJ print
head ..................................................... 1-38
2. Cautions on handling ink tanks ............ 1-38
B. Paper Storage Environment ...................... 1-39
C. Paper ......................................................... 1-39
D. After Printing .............................................. 1-39
VII. USER MAINTENANCE ................................... 1-40
A. Head Cleaning ........................................... 1-40
B. Normal Cleaning ......................................... 1-40
VIII. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT ................. 1-41
IX. PACKAGE CONFIGURATION ....................... 1-42
X. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER ................... 1-43
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION
I.
BASIC OPERATION ......................................... 2-1
A. Functional Configuration .............................. 2-1
B. Interface Input/Output .................................. 2-2
1. Parallel interface ..................................... 2-2
2. Serial interface ........................................ 2-6
C. Image Controller .......................................... 2-7
D. Engine Controller ....................................... 2-10
E. Engine controller Input/Output ................... 2-12
1. Engine controller input/output (1/3) ...... 2-12
2. Engine controller input/output (2/3) ...... 2-13
3. Engine controller input/output (3/3) ...... 2-14
F. Summary of Operation ............................... 2-15
1. When the power switch is turned ON ... 2-15
2. When media is loaded .......................... 2-17
3. Printing ................................................. 2-18
II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 2-22
A. Outline ....................................................... 2-22
B. Carriage Motor Control .............................. 2-24
1. Outline .................................................. 2-24
2. Operation ............................................. 2-24
3. Detection of front cover open/closed ... 2-25
C. Linear Encoder .......................................... 2-26
1. Outline .................................................. 2-26
2. Structure ............................................... 2-26
3. Output signal ........................................ 2-26
4. Control .................................................. 2-27
D. Media Sensor ............................................. 2-28
1. Outline .................................................. 2-28
2. Paper width detection ........................... 2-28
3. Skew detection ..................................... 2-29
4. Light compensation .............................. 2-31
5. Auto band adjustment .......................... 2-31
6. Automatic print position adjustment ..... 2-32
E. Detection of the Ink Tank ........................... 2-34
1. Outline .................................................. 2-34
2. Method of detecting the ink tank .......... 2-34
iv
v
PREFACE
F. Remaining Ink Detection ............................ 2-35
1. Outline .................................................. 2-35
2. Method of detecting remaining ink ....... 2-36
G. Cutter Unit .................................................. 2-38
1. Outline .................................................. 2-38
2. Cutting operation .................................. 2-38
III. BJ CARTRIDGE .............................................. 2-39
A. BJ Cartridge ............................................... 2-39
1. Overview .............................................. 2-39
2. Structure ............................................... 2-39
3. BJ print head ........................................ 2-41
4. Nozzle arrangement ............................. 2-42
B. BJ Print head Drive .................................... 2-43
1. Construction of electric head unit ......... 2-43
2. Print signal ........................................... 2-45
IV. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 2-46
A. Outline ....................................................... 2-46
B. Capping Function ....................................... 2-51
1. Outline .................................................. 2-51
2. Operation ............................................. 2-51
C. Head Cleaning ........................................... 2-52
1. Outline .................................................. 2-52
2. Wiping .................................................. 2-52
3. Maintenance jet .................................... 2-53
4. Suction ................................................. 2-54
D. Waste Ink Absorber Unit ............................ 2-56
1. Waste ink absorber unit ....................... 2-56
V. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 2-57
A. Outline ....................................................... 2-57
B. Paper Feed Motor Control ......................... 2-58
1. Outline .................................................. 2-58
2. Operation ............................................. 2-58
C. Feeding Operation ..................................... 2-60
1. Outline .................................................. 2-60
2. Loading paper ...................................... 2-60
3. Paper feeding during printing ............... 2-61
4. Feeding operation ................................ 2-62
5. PE sensor ............................................. 2-62
VI. FAN .................................................................. 2-63
VII. POWER SUPPLY ........................................... 2-65
A. Power Supply Outline ................................ 2-65
B. Power Circuit ............................................. 2-66
1. AC power supply .................................. 2-66
2. DC power supply .................................. 2-66
C. Power Circuit Protection ............................ 2-66
CHAPTER 3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY .......................... 3-1
1. List of Main Parts ......................................... 3-2
2. Outline of disassembly and assembly of
main parts .................................................... 3-3
PRECAUTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY
AND REASSEMBLY .............................................. 3-5
I. EXTERNALS ..................................................... 3-7
A. External Cover ............................................. 3-7
1. Removing the right cover ....................... 3-7
2. Removing the upper cover and
front cover .............................................. 3-7
3. Removing the lower cover ...................... 3-8
4. Removing the front cover switch ............ 3-9
B. Operation Panel ........................................... 3-9
1. Removing the operation panel ............... 3-9
C. Fan ............................................................. 3-10
1. Removing the cooling fan ..................... 3-10
2. Removing the suction fan ..................... 3-12
II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 3-13
1. Removing the carriage unit .................. 3-13
2. Removing the carriage belt .................. 3-15
3. Installing the carriage belt .................... 3-16
4. Removing the linear scale .................... 3-17
v
vi
5. Replacing the flexible cable ................. 3-18
III. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 3-21
1. Removing the purge unit ...................... 3-21
2. Removing the waste ink absorber
unit ....................................................... 3-23
IV. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 3-24
1. Removing the pinch roller unit .............. 3-24
2. Removing the platen ............................ 3-25
3. Installing the platen .............................. 3-26
4. Removing the paper feed roller ............ 3-27
5. Removing the PE sensor ..................... 3-27
V. DRIVING UNIT ................................................ 3-28
1. Removing the carriage motor ............... 3-28
2. Removing the paper feed motor .......... 3-29
3. Installing the paper feed motor ............ 3-30
4. Fastening the paper feed roller set
screws .................................................. 3-30
VI. ELECTRICAL PART ........................................ 3-32
1. Removing the image controller ............ 3-32
2. Removing the engine controller ........... 3-33
3. Removing the PCB box ........................ 3-34
4. Removing the power switch ................. 3-35
5. Removing the DC power supply ........... 3-35
PREFACE
CHAPTER 4 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
I. PERIODIC PARTS REPLACEMENT ................ 4-1
II. STANDARD SERVICE LIFE OF
CONSUMABLES ............................................... 4-1
III. PERIODIC SERVICE ........................................ 4-1
IV. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................ 4-2
A. Cleaning/Inspection Points .......................... 4-2
B. Lubrication Points ........................................ 4-3
CHAPTER 5 TROUBLESHOOTING
I.
SERVICE MODE ............................................... 5-1
A. Outline .......................................................... 5-1
B. Service Mode Operation .............................. 5-1
1. How to enter the service mode .............. 5-1
2. Stopping the service mode .................... 5-1
C. Service Mode Map ....................................... 5-2
D. Service Mode ............................................... 5-3
1. Control display mode ............................. 5-3
2. Adjusting mode ...................................... 5-5
3. Operation/inspection mode .................... 5-6
4. Counter mode ........................................ 5-7
5. Initialization mode .................................. 5-8
II. ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS .................... 5-9
A. About Adjustments and Settings .................. 5-9
B. Items for Adjustment and Setting ................. 5-9
C. Adjustment and Setting Procedures ........... 5-10
1. Automatic printing position adjustment
and automatic band adjustment
(User-settable) ..................................... 5-11
2. Waste ink counter reset (for exclusive
use in service mode) ............................ 5-11
3. Replacing the image controller and
engine controller ................................... 5-11
4. Paper feed accuracy compensation
value adjustment .................................. 5-13
5. Changing the parallel interface
communication mode ........................... 5-15
6. Image controller/engine controller
upgrade procedure ............................... 5-16
III. ERROR/WARNING CODES ........................... 5-18
A. Outline ....................................................... 5-18
B. List of Error and Warning Codes ............... 5-18
1. 001xx (Media/feeding system) ............. 5-20
2. 003xx (Drive system) ........................... 5-22
3. 004xx (BJ Print head system) .............. 5-23
4. 005xx (Ink tank system) ....................... 5-24
5. 007xx (Purge system) .......................... 5-24
6. 008xx (Cutter system) .......................... 5-25
7. 011xx (Engine controller) ..................... 5-25
8. 012xx (Internal communication system) .... 5-26
9. 015xx (Power supply related) ............... 5-26
10. 021xx (User-adjusted system) ............. 5-26
11. 051xx (Image controller) ...................... 5-27
12. 052xx (Serial interface communication
system) ................................................. 5-27
13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication
system) ................................................. 5-27
14. 060xx (Internal data processing
system) ................................................. 5-28
15. 061xx (GL command system) .............. 5-29
16. 062xx (GL2 command system) ............ 5-29
17. 063xx (RTL command system) ............ 5-29
18. 064xx (ESC command system) ............ 5-30
19. 065xx (PJL command system) ............. 5-30
20. 067xx (TIFF command system) ........... 5-30
21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image
controller) ............................................. 5-31
22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine
controller) ............................................. 5-31
23. 099xx (Others) ..................................... 5-31
IV. CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS .. 5-32
1. 001xx (Media/feeding system) ............. 5-32
2. 003xx (Drive system) ........................... 5-33
3. 004xx (BJ Print head system) .............. 5-34
4. 005xx (Ink tank system) ....................... 5-34
5. 007xx (Purge unit) ................................ 5-35
6. 008xx (Cutter system) .......................... 5-36
7. 011xx (Engine controller) ..................... 5-36
8. 012xx (Internal communication system) .... 5-37
9. 015xx (Power supply related) ............... 5-37
10. 021xx (User-adjusted system) ............. 5-37
11. 051xx (Image controller) ...................... 5-37
12. 052xx (Serial interface communication
system) ................................................. 5-38
13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication
system) ................................................. 5-38
14. 060xx (Internal data processing
system) ................................................. 5-38
15. 061xx (GL command system) .............. 5-39
16. 062xx (GL2 command system) ............ 5-39
17. 063xx (RTL command system) ............ 5-39
18. 064xx (ESC command system) ........... 5-39
vi
vii
PREFACE
19. 065xx (PJL command system) ............. 5-39
20. 067xx (TIFF command system) ........... 5-39
21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image
controller) ............................................. 5-39
22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine
controller) ............................................. 5-39
23. 099xx (Others) ..................................... 5-39
24. No power ............................................ 5-40
25. Nothing is indicated on the operation
panel .................................................... 5-41
26. Opening and closing of front cover is
not detected ......................................... 5-41
27. Wiper solenoid does not working ......... 5-41
28. Media is not fed .................................... 5-42
29. Suction fan does not rotate .................. 5-42
V. CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECTS ............ 5-43
A. Initial Inspection ......................................... 5-43
1. Installation environment ....................... 5-43
2. Media check ......................................... 5-43
B. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects .. 5-44
1. Non-ejection of ink ............................... 5-44
2. Vertical misalignment 1 ........................ 5-45
3. Vertical misalignment 2 ........................ 5-46
4. Low resolution ...................................... 5-47
5. Dislocation of dots of different colors ... 5-47
6. Dot misalignment ................................. 5-48
7. Lines (Carriage direction) ..................... 5-49
8. White lines (Paper feed direction) ....... 5-50
9. Bleeding ............................................... 5-51
10. Dimensional accuracy problems .......... 5-51
11. Blotting boundary between filled
images .................................................. 5-52
VI. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARRANGEMENT/
FUNCTIONS ................................................... 5-53
A. Sensors and Switches ............................... 5-53
B. Motors, Fans, and Solenoids ..................... 5-54
C. Logic boards .............................................. 5-55
D. Engine Controller ....................................... 5-56
E. Image Controller ........................................ 5-57
CHAPTER 6 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
A. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ........................ 6-1
B. IMAGE CONTROLLER ....................................... 6-4
C. ENGIN CONTROLLER .................................... 6-16
D. CARRIAGE CONTROLLER ............................ 6-33
E. PAPER SENSOR ............................................ 6-41
F. OPERATION PANEL CONTROLLER ............. 6-42
APPENDIX
MENU GUIDE ......................................................... A-1
vii
viii
PREFACE
ix
CHAPTER 1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
I. SPECIFICATIONS ............................................ 1-1
II. NAMES OF COMPONENTS ............................. 1-7
A. External View ............................................... 1-7
B. Carriage ....................................................... 1-8
C. Cable Connections ...................................... 1-8
D. Rear Side of Main Unit ................................. 1-9
E. Printing Direction .......................................... 1-9
III. OPERATION ................................................... 1-10
A. Operation Panel ......................................... 1-10
B. Printer States ............................................. 1-11
C. User Mode Menu ....................................... 1-13
D. Basic Operation ......................................... 1-29
E. Paper Thickness Adjustment Lever ........... 1-31
IV. CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT ....................... 1-32
A. Replacing the BJ Print head ....................... 1-32
B. Replacing the Ink Tank ............................... 1-34
V. SIMM REPLACEMENT ................................... 1-36
A. About SIMM ............................................... 1-36
B. SIMM Installation ....................................... 1-36
C. SIMM Removal .......................................... 1-37
VI. CAUTIONS ON HANDLING ............................ 1-38
A. Cartridges .................................................. 1-38
B. Paper Storage Environment ...................... 1-39
C. Paper ......................................................... 1-39
D. After Printing .............................................. 1-39
VII. USER MAINTENANCE ................................... 1-40
A. Head Cleaning ........................................... 1-40
B. Normal Cleaning ......................................... 1-40
VIII. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT ................. 1-41
IX. PACKAGE CONFIGURATION ....................... 1-42
X. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER ................... 1-43
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
I. SPECIFICATIONS
1. Type
Type:
Bubble jet printer
Purge system:
Suction with tube pump
Paper feeding method:
Cut sheet media; Manually set to the front.
Roll media;
Sheet feeder capacity:
Automatic feeding (When manually set to the rear.)
Cut sheet media; 1 sheet
Roll media; 1 unit (Outside dia.: 100mm or less, Media tube bore:
50.8mm (2"))
Media delivery system:
Face-up delivery in front
Max. delivery sheets:
5 sheets (Plain paper)
Fixing method:
Natural drying
Cutter:
Automatic cutter (replaceable)
2. Exterior
A0-size model:
External dimensions (main unit only);
1462 x 388 x 345 mm
External dimensions (including stand);
1462 x 700 x 1204 mm
Weight (Main unit only);
Approx. 31 kg
Weight (including stand);
Approx. 46 kg
A1-size model:
External dimensions (main unit only);
1182 x 388 x 345 mm
External dimensions (including stand);
1182 x 700 x 1204 mm
Weight (main unit only);
Approx. 26 kg
Weight (including stand);
Approx. 40 kg
1–1
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
3. Mechanism
Print mode/Resolution
(No.)
Mode
Pass *1
Resolution
Drive frequency
Dot size *3
(1)
Monochrome draft
1 pass/Bi
180dpi x 360dpi
14.4kHz
M
(2)
Monochrome normal
1 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi
7.2kHz
L
(3)
Monochrome enhanced 2 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi
7.2kHz
L
(4)
Monochrome high enhanced 4 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi
7.2kHz
L
(5)
Monochrome high resolution 4 pass/Uni 720dpi x 720dpi*2
7.2kHz
S
360dpi x 360dpi
7.2kHz
Bk:M/Color:S
(6)
Color draft
1 pass/Bi
(7)
Color normal
1 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi
7.2kHz
Bk:L/Color:S
(8)
Color enhanced
2 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi
7.2kHz
Bk:L/Color:S
(9)
Color high enhanced
4 pass/Unil 360dpi x 360dpi
7.2kHz
Bk:L/Color:S
* 1: Bi=bi-directional, Uni=uni-directional
* 2: Equivalent
* 3: S=small dot, M=middle dot, L=large dot
Table 1-101
Print modes according to media type <Corresponds to the Nos. of table 1-101.>
Media type
Monochrome
Draft
Normal
Plain paper
(1)
(2)
(3)
Coated paper
(1)
(2)
Tracing paper
(2)
Matte film
(2)
Color
Enhanced High resolution
Draft
Normal
Enhanced
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(3)
(5)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(7)
(8)
(9)
Table 1-102
Maximum printing speed (Plain paper mode)
Print mode
Monochrome
mode
Color mode
A0 size
Draft mode
Approx. 2 minutes 15 seconds
Enhanced mode
Approx. 13 minutes
High Resolution mode
Approx. 25 minutes
Draft mode
Approx. 5 minutes 15 seconds
Enhanced mode
Approx. 15 minutes
Table 1-103
1–2
A1 size
Approx. 1 minute 30 seconds
Approx. 7 minutes
Approx. 13 minutes 15 seconds
Approx. 3 minutes
Approx. 8 minutes 30 seconds
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Cartridge construction
Head/Ink tank separation type
1 row of 160 nozzles (144 nozzles used) x 4 colors
Ink type
Black: Pigment, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow: dye
Ink tank capacity
Black: Approx. 23g,
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow: Approx. 20g
BJ print head service life
A0 size: Approx. 400 sheets, A1 size: Approx. 500
sheets
(continuous printing on plain paper, 1-pass unidirectional, at 20% duty (5% for each color))
Ink consumption
A0 size: Bk; 25 sheets,
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow; 40 sheets
A1 size: Bk; 50 sheets,
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow; 80 sheets
(continuous printing on plain paper, 1-pass unidirectional, at 20% duty (5% for each color))
Interface
Parallel interface
Complies with IEEE1284 (Compatible mode/Nibble
mode)
Connector complying with IEEE1284-B Receptacle
Serial interface
Complies with RS-232C (DCE)
D-Sub 9-pin female connector
Emulation
Complies with HP-GL, HP-GL/2, and HP-RTL
Kanji font
Kanji JIS first and second standard
Memory
Standard: 8MB (can be increased to 72 MB: 72-pin
60ns FPM type SIMMs)
EDO memory can be used in FPM mode.
Cutter
Automatic cutter (replaceable)
Waste-ink tank
Provided
Maintenance jet
Provided
Capping system
Provided
Paper thickness adjustment
Automatic printing position adjustment
Provided
Provided
Self diagnostics
Provided
Skewed feed detection
Provided
Head detection
Provided
Head insertion error detection
Not provided
1–3
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Ink tank detection
Provided
Remaining ink detection
Provided
Waste-ink full detection
Provided
Media out detection
Provided
Remaining roll media detection
Roll media end detection
Not provided
Provided
Media size detection
Cut sheet media: Automatic vertical/horizontal
detection
Roll media:
Vertical; size or data designated
Horizontal; automatic detection
Carriage position detection
Machine internal temperature detection
Provided
Provided
4. Media
Media types
Plain paper, coated paper, tracing paper, and matte
film (75 ~ 100µm)
Paper thickness
75 ~ 165µm (excluding matte film) / 64 ~ 128g/m 2
Maximum paper width
A0 model: 914mm
A1 model: 634mm
Minimum paper width/length
Width; 250mm
Maximum printing length
Cut sheet media: 1250mm
Roll media* :
Length; 150mm
Windows95/98 driver; 4.6m
WindowsNT4.0 driver; 4.6m
ADI driver; 13m
HDI driver; 18m
* : Printing length of roll media varies depending on the type of application, operating system, or driver used.
Printing margin
Cut sheet media: Leading edge; 5mm/15mm
Trailing edge; 20mm
Right/left edge; 5mm
Roll media:
Leading edge; 5mm/15mm
Trailing edge; 5mm
Right/left edge; 5mm
Maximum printing area
1–4
Excludes printing margins
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Printable papers
Paper standard
mm
inch
A0 model
Vertical Horizontal Vertical Horizontal
ISO A
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
JIS B
B1
B2
B3
B4
ISO B
B1
B2
B3
B4
ANSI
E
D
C
B
A
ANSI ARCH
6
5
4
3
2
1
ISO Over
A0
A1
A1L
A2
A3
EURO DIN
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
KOREAN
m
s
A1 model
841.0
594.0
420.0
297.0
210.0
×
×
×
×
×
1189.0
841.0
594.0
420.0
297.0
33.1
23.4
16.5
11.7
8.3
×
×
×
×
×
46.8
33.1
23.4
16.5
11.7
NG
OK
OK
OK
NG
NG
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
NG
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
728.0
515.0
364.0
257.0
×
×
×
×
1030.0
728.0
515.0
364.0
28.7 ×
20.3 ×
14.3 ×
10.1 ×
40.6
28.7
20.3
14.3
NG
OK
OK
OK
NG
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
NG
OK
OK
OK
707.0
500.0
353.0
250.0
×
×
×
×
1000.0
707.0
500.0
353.0
27.8
19.7
13.9
9.8
×
×
×
×
39.4
27.8
19.7
13.9
NG
OK
OK
OK
NG
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
NG
OK
OK
OK
863.6
558.8
431.8
279.4
215.9
×
×
×
×
×
1117.6
863.6
558.8
431.8
279.4
34.0
22.0
17.0
11.0
8.5
×
×
×
×
×
44.0
34.0
22.0
17.0
11.0
NG
OK
OK
OK
NG
NG
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
NG
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
914.4
762.0
609.6
457.2
304.8
228.6
×
×
×
×
×
×
1219.2
1066.8
914.4
609.6
457.2
304.8
36.0 ×
30.0 ×
24.0 ×
18.0 ×
12.0 ×
9.0 ×
48.0
42.0
36.0
24.0
18.0
12.0
NG
NG
OK
OK
OK
NG
NG
NG
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
NG
NG
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
910.0
627.0
627.0
460.0
340.0
×
×
×
×
×
1245.0
900.0
1250.0
645.0
465.0
35.8
24.7
24.7
18.1
13.4
×
×
×
×
×
49.0
35.4
49.2
25.4
18.3
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
NG
NG
NG
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
NG
OK
NG
OK
OK
881.0
634.0
460.0
337.0
250.0
×
×
×
×
×
1229.0
881.0
634.0
460.0
337.0
34.7
25.0
18.1
13.3
9.8
×
×
×
×
×
48.4
34.7
25.0
18.1
13.3
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
NG
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
790.0
540.0
21.3 ×
15.4 ×
31.1
21.3
OK
OK
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
540.0 ×
390.0 ×
1–5
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
5. Others
Power source
AC: 100 ~ 240 V (-15%, +10%)
Frequency
50/60Hz
Power consumption
Max.: 120W or less
At stand-by: 22W or less
Noise
Sound pressure level (Complies with ISO 9296.)
When operating: Approx. 52dB (A) or less
At stand-by: Approx. 20dB (A) or less
Operating environment
Temperature: 5 ~ 35°C
(Printing quality assured: 15 ~ 30°C)
Humidity: 10 ~ 90%RH
(Printing quality assured: 20 ~ 80%RH)
Atmospheric pressure: 1013 ~ 709hPa
Storage environment*
Temperature: 0 ~ 35°C
Humidity: 5 ~ 95% (RH)
* : Should be free from condensation and rapid temperature variations.
1–6
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
II. NAMES OF COMPONENTS
A. External View
[1]
[2]
[3]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[1] Front cover
[5] Wiper (Cleaner blade)
[2] Carriage
[6] Cutter unit
[3] Operation panel
[7] Platen
[4] Paper release lever
[8] Pinch roller
Figure 1-201
1–7
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
B. Carriage
[2]
[1]
[6]
[3]
[5]
[4]
[1] Ink tank
[4] BJ Cartridge
[2] BJ print head release hook
[5] Ink tank release hook
[3] Paper thickness adjustment lever
[6] Cutter unit
Figure 1-202
C. Cable Connections
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[1] Parallel interface connector
[4] Earth wire terminal
[2] Serial interface connector
[5] Power switch
[3] AC inlet
Figure 1-203
1–8
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
D. Rear Side of Main Unit
[6]
[2]
[1]
[3]
[5]
[4]
[1] Roll media stopper
[4] Parallel interface connector
[2] Spindle
[5] AC inlet
[3] Serial interface connector
[6] Power switch
Figure 1-204
E. Printing Direction
Paper feed
backward direction
Car
ri
forw age
ard
dire
c
tion
Car
ri
bac age
kwa
rd d
i
rect
ion
Paper feed
forward direction
Figure 1-205
1–9
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
III. OPERATION
A. Operation Panel
[2]
[1]
[3]
DATA
POWER
ENTER
[7]
[6]
[5]
ONLINE
[4]
Figure 1-301
No.
Name
Function
[1]
Data reception lamp
Green when receiving data. Blinks if data is transmitted
when the printer cannot receive it.
[2]
Message display
Menus, parameters, error messages and other conditions
are displayed. Divided into upper and lower sections.
[3]
Power lamp
Green when power switch is turned on. Orange in the
sleep state. Blinks orange if an error occurs.
[4]
Online key
Switches between the online, offline and menu states.
[5]
Enter key
Enters selected menu item.
[6]
Right/left arrow keys
Used when selecting parameters. Also used to move the
carriage on the platen.
[7]
Up/down arrow keys
Used when selecting menus. Can move the paper back
and forth when offline.
Table 1-301
1–10
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
B. Printer States
Printer states and key operation are shown below.
Data received
Printing
Online
pr
Media setup
r
te
Af
*1
After printing
on roll media
ing
int
on
Menu setup screen
*3
Sleep
Menu setup screen
t
cu
e
sh
et
ed
m
*2
ia
Pause
Offline
(Black arrows) : Change of printer states when the Online key is pressed.
*1. Some menus cannot be setup during printing.
*2. When no media is loaded, the machine cannot be returned to the “Online” state by pressing the Online key.
It returns to “Offline”.
*3. Pressing any key on the control panel, opening the front cover, or receiving data in "Sleep" state will wake the printer up.
Figure 1-302
1–11
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
State
Printer state
Online
¥ This machine can receive, analyze and print data. When printing is
started, "Printing" appears on the message display.
¥ While online, only the online key is functional. To use the other keys,
this machine should be offline or in the menu state.
¥ If no data is received for 5 minutes in this state, the printer enters the
sleep state.
Offline
¥ If data is transmitted from the host in the offline state, the printer will
ignore it.
¥ The roll media can be fed and the carriage can be moved.
¥ If no data is received for 20 minutes, the printer enters the sleep state.
Pause
¥ Printing is paused. As long as, there is sufficient space in the buffer
memory, data is received and analyzed continuously. When the reception
buffer becomes almost full in the pause state, the mode is shifted to
receive data at 1 byte/sec.
¥ By pressing the online key in the pause state, the printer will enter the
menu state.
Menu
¥ Menus and parameters can be set up. The menu items available when
paused are more limited than those available when in offline state.
Printing
¥ The printer is printing.
¥ The operation panel keys cannot be used in the printing state. To use
the keys, the printer should be in the pause or menu state.
Sleep
¥ All lamps and the display (other than the power lamp) are off.
¥ When paper is loaded and data is transmitted from the host, the printer
automatically enters the online state and starts printing.
Table 1-302
1–12
C. User Mode Menu
1.
Menu guide
The following diagram shows the menu hierarchy of this printer.
Normal menu
A
B
Auto Sense
HP-GL
HP-GL/2+RTL
HP RTL
TIFF
Print Operation
Abort Print
Buffer Clear
Replot
Force Print
Printing Menu
C
Line Type
Emulation
Main menu
Interface Setup
RS-232C
Line Intersect
Line Shading
Pen Setup
Head Cleaning
All
Black
New Tank
38400bps
On
Off
Data Bit-Parity
7none
7even
7odd
8none
8even
8odd
Select Table
Print Layout
Software
Pen Table 1
Pen Table 2
Pen Table 3
Force Cutting
Yes
No
Auto Layout
Off
Nesting
Media Save
Best
Modify Table
Adjustment
Pen Table 1
Auto Adjust
Auto Band-Adj.
0
Width
Normal
Enhanced
Hi-Resolution
Draft
99%
Auto
1
2
3
4
5
7
9
Color/Mono
Color
Mono
Media setup
Rotation
0°
90°
180°
270°
Auto
31
Media Type
Plain Paper
Coated Paper
Tracing Paper
Film
1
2
3
*1
Margin
Normal
Large
*1
Copy
Feed Priority
Length
Print Length
Band Joint
80mm
(*Same as Pen Table 1)
1
18000mm
Reset Defaults
Pen Table 3
99
80mm
(*Same as Pen Table 1)
Cut Type
Cut
Cut Line
No Cut
Pen Table 1
Pen Table 2
Pen Table 3
All Pen Table
*1
I/C: Ver.
I/Boot: Ver.
E/C: Ver.
E/Boot: Ver.
E/Slv: Ver.
Memory
Error
Nesting Timer
30 seconds
1 minute
2 minutes
5 minutes
10 minutes
30 minutes
60 minutes
Off
Auto
30 seconds
1 minute
2 minutes
5 minutes
10 minutes
60 minutes
B
Information
627mm (914mm)
Reset Table
Drying Time
Yes
No
Width
Auto Cut
)
On
Off
User Size
Pen Table 2
C
Yes
No
Auto Cut
Cut Type
Cut
Cut Line
No Cut
Drying Time
Off
Auto
30 seconds
1 minute
EOP Timer
10 seconds
30 seconds
1 minute
2 minutes
5 minutes
10 minutes
30 minutes
60 minutes
Auto Adjust Mode
User
9
: Indicates set value.
Press the right or left arrow key to accept the set value.
Press the ENTER key to accept or execute the selection.
(Underlined items are indicated only in the cut sheet media
mode.)
Force Cutting
Francais
Deutsch
Italiano
Espanol
Svenska
ISO-A
ISO-B
JIS-B
Join
All
Black
New Tank
English(mm)
English(inch)
Layout Size
255
*1
xxx
xxx
xxx
Head Cleaning
Interface Setup
Language (
*2
Off
On
0
Roll Media
Cut Sheet
Abort Print
Buffer Clear
60 minutes
System Setup
Y-Mirror
Color
*1
Roll/Cut Sheet
10 seconds
30 seconds
1 minute
2 minutes
5 minutes
10 minutes
30 minutes
60 minutes
999%
1%
15
*1
Hardware
Xon/Xoff
EOP Timer
100%
Pen
Print Quality
Handshake
*2
Scale
Print Mode
A
Print Operation
Baud Rate
2400bps
Overlay
Merge
: Indicates the menu
(Select the item using the up and down arrow keys.)
(The shaded items are indicated only in the roll media mode.)
*1: Can be set as a printer driver property, This fares priority
over the operation panel setting when printing using the driver.
*2: Can be set as a printer driver property, but both this setting
and that of the operation panel will affect the printing.
Main Menu
Internal Print
Demonstration
Menu Map
Color Palette
Setup List
Nozzle Check
Dump Mode
System Setup
Language (
)
English(mm)
English(inch)
Francais
Deutsch
Italiano
Espanol
Svenska
Auto Adjust Mode
On
Off
Feed Priority
Print Length
Band Joint
Information
I/C: Ver.
I/Boot: Ver.
E/C: Ver.
E/Boot: Ver.
E/Slv: Ver.
Memory
Error
1-13
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2. Menu and parameter setup
Menus and parameters are selected as described below.
1) By pressing the online key in the offline or pause state, the printer enters the menu state.
2) Select a menu item by pressing the right and left arrow keys.
3) After selecting a menu, move to the parameter menu by pressing the down arrow key.
CAUTION
Menu display varies depending on the state. (offline or pause)
4) Select parameters by pressing the right and left arrow keys.
5) Accept the selected parameter by pressing the Enter key.
CAUTION
When "Head Cleaning", "Force Cutting" or other item for immediate execution is selected,
the operation is started by pressing the Enter key. If the up arrow key is pressed instead, the
operation will not start and the selected parameter is cancelled.
3. Details of user mode menus
The user mode menus are shown below.
[1] Print Operation
Used to change the current print operation.
• Replot
The data printed last is printed again.
• Abort Print
Printing is stopped in the pause state.
• Force Print
The EOP timer is started and the printer
• Buffer Clear
All current operations are stopped from
in the offline or pause state, and all
printing data in the memory are cleared.
1–14
is forced to print from the printing
stand-by state.
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[2] Head Cleaning
Used to clean the cartridge heads.
• All
All heads are cleaned.
• Black
Only the black head is cleaned.
• New Tank
If the ink tank has been removed, use this
menu to prevent non-discharge of ink.
[3] Force Cutting
Used to cut the set paper.
Paper is cut.
• Yes
Paper is cut.
• No
Paper is not cut.
[4] Adjustment
• Auto Adjust
Printing position is automatically
adjusted.
• Auto Band-Adj.
Paper feed rate is automatically
adjusted.
[5] Print Mode
a. Print Quality
[Default: Normal]
The print quality can be selected for the
type of data or paper.
• Draft
For higher-speed, lower-quality output.
• Normal
For printing line drawings, etc.
• Enhanced
For printing files including graphics or
solid printing.
• High-Resolution (monochrome only)
For printing monochrome line drawings at an equivalent resolution to 720
dpi.
b. Color/Mono
[Default: Color]
Monochrome or color mode can be selected.
• Color
Color data will be printed in color.
• Mono
Color data will be printed in gray scale.
1–15
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[6] Media Setup
[7] Auto Cut
Used to change paper settings.
a. Cut Type
a. Roll/Cut Sheet
[Default: Previous setting preserved]
Select roll media or cut sheet.
• Roll Media
Select this to use roll media. If a cut
sheet is loaded, it will be ejected.
• Cut Sheet
Selected when cut paper is used. If roll
media is loaded, it is reverse fed and
withdrawn.
[Default: Cut]
Select the type of cut for roll media after
completion of printing.
• Cut
Cuts the roll media automatically after
completion of printing.
• Cut Line
After completion of printing, a cutting
line is printed.
• No Cut
After completion of printing, the roll
b. Media Type [Default: Plain paper]
media is not cut.
The following media types can be selected:
• Plain Paper
• Coated Paper
• Tracing Paper
• Film
c. Margin [Default: Normal]
Margin size at the media leading edge can
be selected.
• Normal
Leaves a margin of 5mm.
• Large
Leaves a margin of 15mm.
d. Copies [Default: 1]
Specify the number of copies to be
printed.
1 - 99
1–16
b. Drying Time (only for roll media)
[Default: Off]
Sets the time for drying the ink after
completion of printing.
• Off
Paper is ejected as usual.
• Auto
Optimum drying time is automatically
selected according to the media type and
printing mode.
In the case of draft mode, the drying
time is the same as for [Off].
• 30 sec., 1 min., 2 min., 5 min.,
10 min., 20 min., 30 min., 40 min.,
50 min., 60 min.
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
CAUTION
• HP RTL
In the draft mode, the ink may not
dry, depending on the environment.
Set the drying time as required.
Should only be used when printing
raster data. After the raster data is
received and 1 band is analyzed, printing is started.
REFERENCE
Drying time for each media type is as
follows:
• Plain paper:
• HP-GL (759x)
Conforms to the HP-759X series
format.
30 sec.
• Coated paper: none
[9] Pen Setup
• Tracing paper: 2 min.
Composed of the pen setup selection
• Film:
7 sec.
menu, pen table changing menu, and pen
table initialization menu.
[8] Emulation
a. Select Table
[Default: Auto Sense]
[Default: Software]
Emulation can be set to match the file type
Specifies whether to use the setting desig-
output from the computer.
• Auto Sense
HP-GL/2+RTL, HP RTL, HP-GL, and
TIFF data is automatically detected and
printed.
• HP-GL/2+RTL
Emulates HP-GL/2 and HP-RTL. Data
nated by the software or the pen table setting.
• Software
Pen setup from the application is
used. (See Table 1-305.)
• Pen Table (1 to 3)
Pen setup (pen table) stored in the
printer can be used. (See Table 1-304.)
is accumulated in the memory buffer
and printing is started with the EOP
command, or when the EOP timer times
out.
1–17
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
b. Modify Table
The pen setup (pen table) stored in the
printer can be changed.
• Pen Table (1 to 3)
• Pen
Contents of the pen table can be
changed. Settings can be changed for
pen No. 0 to 15 (16 types).
• Width
Width of selected pen can be changed
in units of dots (every dot from 1 to 5,
[10] Line Type
a. Line Intersect
[Default: Overlay]
Color processing method for overlapping
lines or figures can be set.
• Overlay
Overlapping parts are printed in the
color applied last.
• Merge
Overlapping parts are printed using
mixed colors.
every 2 dots from 5 to 31). (See Table
1-303.)
b. Line Shading
• Color
Pen color (256 values) can be set.
• Joint
Line joins and ends (9 types) can be
set (See Figure 1-303).
[Default: On]
When color data is printed in monochrome, a gray scale corresponding to the
color is usually used. In order to improve the
reproducibility of the line data, you can
c. Reset Table
Values in the selected pen table are returned to the defaults.
• All Pen Table
All pen table values are reset to the
default values.
• Pen Table (1 - 3)
Values of the selected pen table are
reset to the default values.
1–18
specify whether to print the line data using
only black.
• On
Line data is drawn in gray scale.
• Off
Line data is drawn in black.
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Default values of pen table 1 to 3 at the
time of Factory settings.
No. of dots
Approximate thickness (mm/inch)
Pen No.
Width(*1)
Color
Joint
1
0.07/0.003
0
3
0
6
2
0.14/0.005
1
1
1
6
3
0.21/0.008
2
2
2
6
4
0.28/0.011
3
3
3
6
5
0.35/0.014
4
4
4
6
7
0.49/0.019
5
5
5
6
9
0.63/0.025
6
7
6
6
11
0.78/0.031
7
9
7
6
13
0.92/0.036
8
11
8
6
15
1.06/0.042
9
13
9
6
10
15
10
6
17
1.20/0.047
11
17
11
6
19
1.34/0.052
12
19
12
6
21
1.48/0.058
13
21
13
6
23
1.62/0.063
14
23
14
6
25
1.76/0.069
15
25
15
6
27
1.90/0.074
29
2.04/0.080
31
2.19/0.086
*1. When the display language is
other than katakana, the widths are
all set to 3.
Table 1-304
Table 1-303
Software pen table factory settings.
1: Solid - miter
4: Solid - round
7: Solid - bevel
2: Triangle - miter
5: Triangle - round
8: Triangle - bevel
Figure 1-303
3: Round - miter
6: Round - round
9: Round - bevel
Pen No.
Width
Color
Joint(*2)
0
3
0
6
1
3
1
6
2
3
2
6
3
3
3
6
4
3
4
6
5
3
5
6
6
3
6
6
7
3
7
6
*2. When the emulation is HP-GL/2
or HP-RTL, the set value for the
joint is 1.
Table 1-305
1–19
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[11] Plot layout
Printed data layout can be set.
• Media Save
Automatic paper saving layout. Continuous data is rotated clockwise so that
a. Auto Layout (roll media only)
[Default: Off]
Automatic layout can be set. The data
size at this time should match the data size of
"6. Image layout" (p.1-27).
• Off
Automatic layout does not take place.
Data is printed in the layout designated
by the received data. However, the
settings designated by the scale, rotation, and Y-mirror menus will be used.
paper feeding rate is minimized. The
image data is printed to the left end of
the paper.
• Best
Automatic layout for selected standard
size. Continuous data is rotated clockwise so that paper feeding is minimized.
The image data is arranged at the center
of the minimum standard size to allow
the data to fit, and printed to the left end
on the paper.
• Nesting
Nesting is automatically laid out.
Continuous data is rotated clockwise so
that the paper feeding rate is minimized.
If the longitudinal direction of the later
data enters in the width direction of the
margin of the previous data, the data is
printed on the margin. If the later data
does not fit into the width of the margin
of the previous data, the data is not
printed on the margin but printed to the
next printing position.
1–20
b. Scale
Magnification can be changed automatically, or can be specified.
[Default: 100%]
• Auto (cut sheet only)
The magnification changes to fit the cut
sheet loaded.
• 1-999%
Printing can be expanded or contracted
in steps of 1%.
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
A
A=5mm
A
A
Nesting
A
Media Save
Best
A
A
A
A
A
A
A=5mm
A=5mm
Figure 1-304
1–21
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
c. Rotation
e. Layout Size (roll media only)
[Default: 0°]
[Default: ISO A]
Data can be rotated on the paper when
Paper size can be set.
printed.
• Auto (cut paper only)
Rotated according to the loaded paper.
• 0°
Prints without rotating
• 90°
Rotated 90° counterclockwise.
• 180°
Rotated 180° counterclockwise.
• 270°
Rotated 270° counterclockwise.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ISO A
ISO B
JIS B
ANSI
ANSI ARCH
ISO Over
EURO-DIN
KOREAN
Custom
f. User Size (roll media only)
Width and length of paper to be printed
d. Y-mirror
[Default: Off]
The data can be reversed in the paper feed
direction when printing.
• Off
File is not reversed laterally.
• On
File is reversed laterally.
can be set.
[Default: A0 model: 84.1 x 118.9 cm
A1 model: 59.4 x 84.1 cm]
• Width
Width can be set from 8.0 to 62.7
(91.4)cm, in one mm units.
• Length
Length can be set from 8.0 to 1800cm,
in one mm units.
g. Nesting Timer (roll media only)
[Default: 30 seconds]
Time until printing is started can be selected for the nesting layout operation.
• 30 sec., 1 min., 2 min., 5 min., 10
min., 30 min., 60 min.
1–22
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[12] Interface Setup
a. RS-232C
Used to set up the RS-232C interface.
• Baud Rate [default: 9600]
Sets the data transfer speed.
2400bps, 4800bps, 9600bps,
19200pbs, 38400bps
• Data Bit-Parity
[Default: 8 none]
Sets combination of character bits and
parity bit.
7 none, 7 even, 7 odd
8 none, 8 even, 8 odd
• Handshake
[Default: Hardware]
Sets the data communication method
between the computer and printer.
Xon/Xoff, Hardware
b. EOP Timer
[Default: 30 sec.]
When a data completion command (terminator) is not contained in the file data, the
time from completion of data transfer to start
of printing will be as specified here.
• 10 sec., 30 sec., 1 min., 2 min., 5
min., 10 min., 30 min., 60 min.
[13] System Setup
Configuration of the system setting menu
as follows:
a. Language
[Default: previos setting preserved]
Language to be indicated on the message
display can be selected.
• English (mm)
Display in English (mm)
(Factory setting)
• English (inch)
Display in English (inch)
• katakana
Display in Japanese
• Francais
Display in French
• Deutsch
Display in German
• Italiano
Display in Italian
• Espanol
Display in Spanish
• Svenska
Display in Swedish
b. AutoAdjust mode
[Default: On]
Specifies whether or not to “Auto Adjust”
when replacing the BJ Print head.
• On
Automatic adjustment is done when the
BJ Print head is replaced.
• Off
Automatic adjustment is not done when
the BJ Print head is replaced.
1–23
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
c. Feed Priority
[Default: Print Length]
Select between paper feeding accuracy
over distance, or feeding with less band
variation.
• Print Length
Feed with preference given to distance
accuracy.
• Band Joint
Feed with less band variation.
d. Reset Defaults
All user menu settings can be reset to the
default values.
• Yes
All user menu setting are reset to the
default values.
• No
User menu settings are not reset.
e. Information
[Default: On]
Image controller PCB and engine controller PCB versions and memory capacity are
displayed.
1–24
[14] Self-test Print
A self-test pattern can be printed to check
the printer operation.
• Demonstration
A built-in demonstration pattern is
printed.
• Menu Map
A list of menus is printed.
• Color Pallet
A color pallet of 0 to 255 is printed.
• Setup List
The printer settings are printed.
• Nozzle Check
A nozzle check pattern is printed.
• Dump Mode
All data input is printed by in hexadecimal and ASCII code.
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
4. Using the setup list
The setup list is used when the printer is not working correctly, to determine whether the
problem is attributable to the printer or the computer.
The current menu settings, service mode values and a history of the last 4 errors which
occurred are printed in the setup list, and can be filed for reference or faxed to the service department.
Figure 1-305 shows a sample of a setup list and Table 1-306 explains the information in the
setup list.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[7]
[5]
[8]
[9]
[6]
[10]
[11]
Figure 1-305
1–25
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Description
No.
[1]
Description
No.
I/C:
Image controller PCB version
User-defined size setting
E/C:
Engine controller PCB version
Length setting
Width setting
I/Boot: Image controller PCB ROM
Nesting timer setting
version
E/Boot: Engine controller PCB ROM
[7]
Line intersecton setting
Line shading setting
version
E/Slv: Engine controller PCB slave
[8]
Baud rate setting
Data bit parity setting
version
[2]
[3]
DRAM capacity
Hand shake setting
Language setting
EOP timer setting
[4]
Print mode setting
[5]
[9]
Monochrome/color setting
Auto adjust mode setting
Media setting
Paper feeding priority setting
Media type setting
[10]
..
.
No. of copies to be printed
Error 4 - least recent
Roll media auto cutting setting
Drying time setting
[11]
Pen table setting
Auto layout setting
pen table 1
Zoom setting
pen table 2
Rotation setting
pen table 3
Y-mirror setting
Layout size setting
Table 1-306
1–26
Error display history
Error 1 - most recent
Margin setting
[6]
Emulation setting
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
5. Dump mode
This machine is provided with a dump test function to print the input data in hexadecimal and
ASCII code as an online test.
Select "Dump mode" on the system setting menu, and then set the printer online. When data
is transferred from the computer in this state, the data is first printed normally. Then, for the data
received since data reception started until the EOP timer was actuated, the initial 1k byte is
dumped on one A4 sheet, and the last 1k byte is also dumped on an A4 sheet, in hexadecimal
ASCII code.
The printer returns to the normal printing mode automatically after the dump output is completed. Therefore, to execute a dump again, reselect "Dump mode", and then transfer the file
data.
CAUTION
If data is transferred continuously, the final portion cannot be correctly dumped. To prevent
trouble, transfer only one file at a time in the dump mode.
6. Image layout
a. Data size recognition standard
This machine recognizes the size of data received as follows:
(1) PS (Plot size) recognition
Uses the size specified in the PS command contained in the data as the size of the data.
(2) Min./Max. size recognition (coordinates)
Detects the minimum and maximum positions in the range of vector coordinates actually
drawn to determine the data size.
(3) Min./Max. size recognition (line width consideration)
Detects the minimum and maximum positions in the range of coordinate values, including
the vector line width actually drawn.
1–27
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Min/Max (Line width consideration)
Min/Max (Coordinates)
PS size
Figure 1-306
b. Relation between data size recognition and image processing
The printer recognizes the size of the data received and lays it out as listed below. When
No PS provided
PS provided
printing using the Canon printer driver, PS (Plot Size) commands are always provided.
Data size
recognition
Standard
size
judgment
Rotation
Layout size
Horizontal
arrangement
Y-mirror
scale
Panel
rotation
Nesting
PS size
Not done
Automatic
rotation
PS size + each
side of 5mm
Done
Done
Not done
Best
Min./Max.
coordinates
Done
Automatic
rotation
Judged standard
size
Not done
Done
Not done
Media save Min./Max.
Not done
line width
consideration
Automatic
rotation
Min./Max. + each Not done
side of 5mm
Done
Not done
Off
PS size
Not done
Follow the
set value
PS size + each
side of 5mm
Not done
Done
Done
Nesting
Min./max.
coordinates
Done
Automatic
rotation
Judged standard
size
Done
Done
Not done
Best
Min./max.
coordinates
Done
Automatic
rotation
Judged standard
size
Not done
Done
Not done
Media save Min./Max.
Not done
line width
consideration
Automatic
rotation
Min./max. + each Not done
side of 5mm
Done
Not done
Off
Follow the
set value
Max. + each side
of 5mm
Done
Done
Max
Not done
Table 1-307
1–28
Not done
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
D. Basic Operation
1) Turn the power switch ON.
• The power lamp is lit and the initialization process beings.
• The initialization completes in about 20
seconds.
2) Make menu settings according to the
• When the paper inserted below the
pinch roller unit is detected by the PE
sensor, the suction fan runs and the
paper is sucked to the platen.
• If the printer does not start within about
1 minute after the suction fan operates,
the fan stops.
computer and application software to be
b. In the case of roll media:
used.
• Press the online key to cause the menu
selection screen to appear, select a
menu with the right and left arrow
keys, and go to the parameter menu
with the down arrow key. Select
parameters with the right and left
arrow keys. Enter each selection with
the Enter key.
[1] Lower the paper release lever.
[2] Keeping the roll media tight (no
slack), pull it out straight onto the
platen from the back side of the
printer.
[3] Raise the paper release lever so that
the roll media is fed in parallel with
the paper matching line.
3) Open the front cover.
PE sensor
4) Load paper into the printer.
a. In the case of cut sheets:
[1] Lower the paper release lever.
[2] With the printed surface of the
paper upward, match the paper edge
Paper
matching line
to the inside of the paper matching
line, and raise the paper release lever.
Print media
Paper matching line PE sensor
Figure 1-308
Paper
matching line
Print media
Figure 1-307
1–29
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
CAUTION
CAUTION
• If the roll media is forcibly aligned to
After printing, take care not to touch the
the paper matching line on the platen,
ink with wet hands.
skewed feeding may result.
When the printer is not to be used for a
• Keeping the roll media in parallel to
paper matching line, pull it out
straight.
• When loading the paper, take care not
to touch the printed area. Fingerprints
can keep the print ink from soaking in
to the paper, causing uneven print
density.
5) Close the front cover.
6) Press the up or down arrow key to load
the paper.
• The printer detects the paper size and
feeds the paper to the printing start
position.
• After completion of loading, the printer
enters the online state.
REFERENCE
If the paper loads crooked or jams, press
any key on the operation panel to stop
the loading process.
7) File data is transferred from the computer
in the online state and printing is started.
• To stop printing, press the online key
to enter the pause state.
8) After completion of printing, remove the
paper.
1–30
long time, raise the paper release lever
to keep the pinch roller being pressed.
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
E. Paper Thickness Adjustment
Lever
When printing, depending on the print
media used or its thickness, the paper may
become wavy, causing it to rub the head.
To prevent this, the distance between the
head and platen can be adjusted in 3 stages
Paper thickness
adjustment lever
using the paper thickness adjustment lever.
1) Press the left or right arrow key in the
Figure 1-309
offline or pause state.
• The carriage moves to the cartridge
replacement position.
2) Open the front cover.
3) Move the paper thickness adjustment
lever to adjust the head-to-platen distance.
: Standard position
: Set to this position when printing
high-density graphics. (graphic
position)
: Set to this position if the paper still
rubs the head after being set to the
graphic position.
4) Close the front cover.
• The carriage returns to the home
position.
CAUTION
• Better print quality can be obtained by
narrowing the head-to-platen distance.
Place the paper thickness adjustment
lever in standard position except when
the paper rubs the head.
REFERENCE
After moving the paper thickness
adjustment lever, carry out the "Auto
adjust" of the "Adjustment" menu.
1–31
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
IV. CARTRIDGE
REPLACEMENT
The printer is provided with a mechanism
Electrode
to detect the ink remaining in the ink tank.
When the tank becomes empty, the ink head
Head
state indication on the message display
Figure 1-401
becomes “ - ” (hyphen). When no ink remains, replace the ink tank.
If no ink is discharged even though there
is enough ink in the tank, check the BJ print
head, referring to Chapter 5, V. “CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECT”.
If ink is still not discharged, replace the
BJ print head.
1) Press the right and left keys in the offline
or pause state to move the carriage to the
cartridge replacement position.
2) Open the front cover.
3) Remove the ink tank from the BJ print
head to be replaced.
4) Push the release hook of the BJ print head
A. Replacing the BJ Print head
to be replaced and remove the BJ print
head.
CAUTION
• When handling the BJ print head, take
care not to touch the head on electrodes.
• Replace the BJ print head only at the
cartridge replacement position.
Figure 1-402
5) Unpack a new BJ print head.
1–32
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
6) Remove the protection cap and protection
seal.
Protective cap
8) Pressing as shown in figure1-405, install
the BJ print head in the carriage.
Protective seal
Figure 1-403
CAUTION
Figure 1-405
Take care not to touch the BJ print head
and carriage electrodes.
9) Remove the dummy ink tank.
Do not reuse the protective cap and
protective seal.
Take care not to bump the head against
the platen or carriage.
7) With the head facing down, insert the BJ
print head into the carriage.
Figure 1-406
10) Install the real ink tank.
11) Close the front cover.
• The carriage returns to the home
position and head cleaning is carried
out.
Figure 1-404
1–33
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
B. Replacing the Ink Tank
5) Twist the protective cap of the ink tank in
the direction of the arrow mark and re-
CAUTION
move it.
Replace the ink tank only at the
cartridge replacement position.
1) Press the right and left keys in the offline
or pause state to move the carriage to the
cartridge replacement position.
2) Open the front cover.
Figure 1-409
3) Press the ink tank release hook and remove the ink tank.
CAUTION
Do not touch the ink tank outlet.
Outlet
Figure 1-407
4) Unpack the new ink tank, and remove the
protective seal from the ink tank.
Figure 1-408
1–34
Figure 1-410
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
6) Install the ink tank.
Figure 1-411
CAUTION
• Push the ink tank in until it clicks.
7) Close the front cover.
• The carriage returns to the home
position and head cleaning is carried
out.
1–35
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
V. SIMM
REPLACEMENT
A. About SIMM
The printer's memory can be increased. If
the memory available is not sufficient for the
CAUTION
• When handling SIMMs, be careful
to avoid static electricity discharge.
• Before installing the SIMM, be
sure to turn off the printer power.
• Install the SIMMs using the correct
procedure.
print data, the memory capacity of the printer
can be expanded by installing new (or large)
B. SIMM Installation
SIMMs.
1) Using the installation tools supplied with
Proper installation of SIMMs can be
confirmed by selecting "Information" of
printer, remove the 4 screws [1], and
remove the cover plate [2].
"System setting" of the main menu. The
following message will be displayed:
Memory
[2]
XX+8 MB
where, "XX" indicates the memory capac-
[1]
ity of any installed SIMMs.
• SIMM type
Use SIMMs with the following specifications:
Capacity: 4, 8, 16, or 32 MB
No. of pins: 72
Figure 1-501
2) Holding both ends of the SIMM with it
Access speed: 60ns or faster
centered in the expansion slot, insert it
FPM (high speed page mode) compatible
from the right.
No parity
EDO memory can be also used but it is
operated as FPM memory.
Two SIMMs can be added, so that the
memory capacity can be increased by up to
72MB, with the standard memory.
Figure 1-502
1–36
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
3) With the edge of the SIMM in the slot,
roll the SIMM to the left until the hooks
C. SIMM Removal
1) Using the installation tools supplied with
[3] at both ends of the slot click into the
the printer, remove the 4 screws [1] and
holes at both ends of the SIMM.
the cover plate [2].
[2]
[3]
[1]
Figure 1-503
Figure 1-504
4) Attach the cover plate [2] and tighten the
4 screws [1].
2) Gently pull back the two hooks [3] at
each end of the SIMM. Roll the SIMM to
REFERENCE
• When only one SIMM is used, it must
the right and remove it.
be installed in the left slot (SIM601).
• When adding two SIMMs, it is easiest
to install the first one into the left slot
(SIM601).
[3]
Figure 1-505
3) Attach the cover plate [2] and tighten the
4 screws [1].
1–37
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
VI. CAUTIONS ON
HANDLING
When handling the printer, pay attention
Electrodes
to the following points.
A. Cartridges
Head
1. Cautions on handling the BJ print
Figure 1-601
head
2. Cautions on handling ink tanks
• Do not touch the head surface, or wipe
with cloth or paper.
• Do not touch the electrodes.
• Do not touch the outlet.
• Do not remove the ink tank from the BJ
• Do not bump the BJ print head.
print head except when replacing the ink
• When removing the BJ print head, do
tank.
not lay its face downward.
• Do not leave the BJ print head out of the
printer for a long time.
• To avoid ink spillage, do not shake the
BJ print head after removing the
protective seal.
• Only unpack a new ink tank immediately before replacement.
• After uncapping, install the ink tank
immediately into the BJ Print head.
• Do not disassemble or modify the ink
tank.
• Do not remove the BJ print head from
thie printer except when replacing it or
disassembling the main unit.
• Only unpack a new BJ print head immediately before replacing an old one.
• Do not disassemble or modify the BJ
print head.
1–38
Outlet
Figure 1-602
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
B. Paper Storage Environment
• Store the paper in wrapping paper, in a
D. After Printing
• Since the ink may still be wet, do not
place free from high humidity and direct
touch it immediatly after printing. If the
sun light.
ink is not completely dry, ink may be
• Store the paper horizontally to prevent it
from being damaged.
• Store the paper under a relative humidity
of 35 to 65%. If this requirement is not
met in the environment where the
smudged, or if stored on top of another
sheet, the backside of the paper may be
stained, or attached to the another.
• As the ink is water-based, do not touch
printed sheets with wet hands.
printer is used, remove the paper from
its package and keep it near the printer
for a while to acclimatize it.
C. Paper
• Use paper that is not curled, folded or
wrinkled.
• For handling the paper, be careful not to
curl it or damage the printing side, hold
the paper only at the ends, outside of the
printed area, to prevent oil or moisture
transferring from your hands to the
paper, or wear cotton gloves.
• Take out each sheet from the wrapping
paper immediately before using it.
1–39
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
VII. USER
MAINTENANCE
1) Pinch roller/Paper feed roller
A. Head Cleaning
or A0 size) and feed the paper manually
The printer has a head cleaning function
Load plain paper of the maximum width
which can be printed by your printer (A1 size
several times to remove any ink.
to maintain image quality.
With the BJ printing method, air bubbles
may accumulate in the nozzles of the head,
or, if the ink viscosity at the nozzle end
2) Platen
With a well-wrung damp cloth, wipe the
platen, and then wipe it with a dry cloth.
increases, a nozzle may become plugged,
resulting in white streaks on the image. In
such a case, the user should execute the
"Head cleaning" in the main menu to clean
the head.
CAUTION
Repeated head cleaning will consume
Figure 1-701
excessive ink. Explain to the user that
head cleaning should only be performed
when defective images occur.
3) Paper stacker (stand)
With a well-wrung damp cloth, wipe the
paper stacker and then wipe it with a dry
cloth.
B. Normal Cleaning
Instruct the user to clean the following
places every month, or as needed.
CAUTION
The seam-side of the paper stacker
should face outward.
CAUTION
Caution the user to take care not to
allow the cleaning cloth or swab to
touch the paper feed roller and pinch
roller when cleaning.
1–40
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
VIII. INSTALLATION
ENVIRONMENT
Avoid the following when choosing a
location for the printer.
• Locations where there might be alcohol,
thinner, etc. nearby.
• Places where temperature or humidity
fluctuates often.
• Air from an air conditioning system or
• Places with a large amount of dust
electric fan directly blowing on the
• Unstable location
machine.
• Uneven floor
Be cautious about the following when
installing the machine.
• Non-horizontal surface
• Direct sun light (use curtains if placed
• Adjust the media so as not to touch the
floor, to prevent it from picking up dust
nearby a window).
• Low temperature and humidity or high
or dirt. Explain to the client that the
temperature and humidity (temperature
floor near the printer should be cleaned
should be in the range of 15 - 30°C and
carefully.
the humidity 20 - 80%. Particularly
avoid locations near water taps, water
heaters, humidifiers and refrigerators.)
• The stand rollers should all sit flat on the
floor.
• Provide a properly grounded electrical
connection.
;;;
;;;
Secure sufficient space for maintenance
and inspection, as illustrated below.
Figure 1-801
800mm
1405mm
600mm
600mm
600mm
1170mm
1–41
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
IX. PACKAGE CONFIGURATION
The package configuration of the printer
when shipped from the factory is shown in
the figure below.
[1] Printer
[2] Spindle/Roll media stopper
[3] BJ print heads (black, cyan, magenta,
yellow)
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1]
Figure 1-901
1–42
[4] Accessory box
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
X. TRANSPORTING
THE PRINTER
Clip
Linear scale
Carriage belt
When transporting the printer by truck
etc., or moving the printer, follow the
procedures below.
CAUTION
• Pack the printer in the original box. If
the original box is not avaiable, pack
the machine with sufficient shock
absorbing material.
• Remove all cables.
Figure 1-1001
• Do not remove the BJ cartridges.
1) Turn off the power switch and disconnect
the power cord and interface cable.
2) Open the front cover and make sure the
CAUTION
Take care not to damage the carriage
belt and linear scale.
carriage is at the home position. If not,
move it to the right end by hand.
3) Fold a sheet of A1-size paper or A0-size
5) Remove the roll media and spindle.
paper twice and insert it between the
6) Fix the front cover closed with tape.
pinch rollers.
7) When the optional stand is used, remove
4) Fix the carriage belt at the center of the
platen by holding it with a clip as shown
in Figure 1-1001, so as not to allow the
carriage to move.
the printer from the stand and disassemble
the stand.
8) Pack the printer, stand, roll media and
spindle carefully before transportation.
CAUTION
Be careful not to incline or turn the
machine upside down when transporting
it since waste ink may leak out.
1–43
CHAPTER 2
BASIC OPERATION
I.
BASIC OPERATION ......................................... 2-1
A. Functional Configuration .............................. 2-1
B. Interface Input/Output .................................. 2-2
C. Image Controller .......................................... 2-7
D. Engine Controller ....................................... 2-10
E. Engine controller Input/Output ................... 2-12
F. Summary of Operation ............................... 2-15
II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 2-22
A. Outline ....................................................... 2-22
B. Carriage Motor Control .............................. 2-24
C. Linear Encoder .......................................... 2-26
D. Media Sensor ............................................. 2-28
E. Detection of the Ink Tank ........................... 2-34
F. Remaining Ink Detection ............................ 2-35
G. Cutter Unit .................................................. 2-38
III. BJ CARTRIDGE .............................................. 2-39
A. BJ Cartridge ............................................... 2-39
B. BJ Print head Drive .................................... 2-43
IV. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 2-46
A. Outline ....................................................... 2-46
B. Capping Function ....................................... 2-51
C. Head Cleaning ........................................... 2-52
D. Waste Ink Absorber Unit ............................ 2-56
V. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 2-57
A. Outline ....................................................... 2-57
B. Paper Feed Motor Control ......................... 2-58
C. Feeding Operation ..................................... 2-60
VI. FAN.................................................................. 2-63
VII. POWER SUPPLY ........................................... 2-65
A. Power Supply Outline ................................ 2-65
B. Power Circuit ............................................. 2-66
C. Power Circuit Protection ............................ 2-66
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
I. Basic operation
A.
Functional Configuration
The printer functional diagram is composed of 5 blocks; image processing/control system,
carriage, BJ cartridge unit, purge unit and feeder unit.
Image processing/control system
Carriage
Engine
controller
Image
controller
External
interface
BJ cartridge
unit
Purge unit
Feeder unit
Figure 2-101
2–1
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
B. Interface Input/Output
1. Parallel interface
The parallel interface conforms to IEEE1284-B and is applicable to the compatible mode and
nibble mode (2-way interface).
a. Input/output signal and pin assignment
Pin
Signal
No. Compatible Nibble
1
Strobe
HostClk
Signal direction
(PC to the printer)
Pin
Signal
No. Compatible Nibble
19
GND
2
Data 1
20
GND
3
Data 2
21
GND
4
Data 3
22
GND
5
Data 4
23
GND
6
Data 5
24
GND
7
Data 6
25
GND
8
Data 7
26
GND
9
Data 8
27
GND
10
Ack
PtrClk
28
GND
11
Busy
PtrBusy
29
GND
12
Perror
AckDataReq
30
GND
13
Select
Xflag
31
Init
14
AutoFd
HostBusy
32
Fault
DataAvail
15
Not used
33
GND
16
GND
34
Not used
17
GND
35
Peripheral Logic High
18
Peripheral Logic High
36
Table 2-101
2–2
Selectin
IEEE1284active
Signal direction
(PC to the printer)
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
b. Compatible mode
The compatible mode is applicable to cases as shown below.
The compatible mode can be switched by changing the BUSY and ACKNLG timing in the
Centro timing setting mode.
• A - B(Defaut) [Ack-in-Busy]
DATA1-8
STROBE
BUSY
ACKNLG
4080ns
• A - B - A [Ack-while-Busy]
DATA1-8
STROBE
BUSY
ACKNLG
3264ns
3264ns
3264ns
3264ns
• B - A [Ack-after-Busy]
DATA1-8
STROBE
BUSY
ACKNLG
• A - B(Fast) [Ack-in-Busy(fast)]
DATA1-8
STROBE
BUSY
ACKNLG
1200ns
Figure 2-102
2–3
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
Data is transferred 8 bits at a time in the compatible mode. The data is transferred by handshaking the STROBE, ACKNLG, and BUSY signals.
The computer sets 8 bits of data and outputs the STROBE signal to the printer. The printer
receives the data with the STROBE signal and responds by setting the BUSY signal to "H".
When data processing has been completed, the printer outputs the ACKNLG signal to notify
the computer that the data has been accepted. When data reception is possible, it sets the BUSY
signal to "L".
The Perror signal becomes "H" to indicate a warning or error in the printer.
The Select signal becomes "H" to indicate that the printer is in a printing mode (online, printing, warning ON, etc.) and "L" when in a non-printing mode (offline, in pause, error ON, etc.)
2–4
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
c. Nibble mode
In the nibble mode, 8-bit data is transmitted from the printer to the computer in two pieces, 4
bits at a time.
When data transmission is possible, the printer sets the DataAvail signal to "L" and the computer sets the HostBusy signal to "L" to indicate that data can be received.
The printer confirms the fall of the HostBusy signal, places the low-order 4 bits of data on the
4 control signal lines, and sets the PtrClk signal to "L". The computer accepts the data and
changes the HostBusy signal to "H" indicating that the data has been received. The printer issues
the PtrClk signal and the first handshaking is completed.
The printer confirms the second fall of the HostBusy signal and outputs the high-order 4 bits
to the control signal lines. The computer accepts the data in the same way as before.
When the HostBusy signal goes active and there is no more data to be transmitted to the
computer, the DataAvail signal is set to "H" and the next data transfer is awaited in the stand-by
status.
1284Active
High
AckDataReq
Bit2
Bit6
HostBusy
HostClk
PtrClk
PtrBusy
Holding the status
Bit3
Bit7
DataAvail
Data Available
Bit0
Bit4
Xflag
Nibble Mode Support
Bit1
Bit5
Figure 2-103
2–5
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2. Serial interface
The serial interface conforms to RS-232C. The printer side is set up as the DCE (Data Circuit
Terminating Equipment) and the computer side as DTE (Data Terminal Equipment). The serial
interface connector is a D-Sub 9-pin female.
Table 2-102 shows the connector pin assignment and input/output signals.
Pin No.
Signal
1
CD
2
RD
3
TD
4
DTR
5
SGND
6
DSR
7
RTS
8
CTS
9
RI
Signal direction
(PC (DTE) to the printer (DCE)
Table 2-102
The computer turns ON the transmission request signal RTS and the printer turns ON the CTS
signal if reception is possible. After confirming the CTS signal from the printer, the computer
starts transmission of data (TD) to the printer.
The printer stores the data from the computer in its buffer and processes the data in succession. However, if the printer processing speed is slower than the computer's, the buffer soon
becomes full so that no more data can be stored.
When the empty space in the buffer decreases below a specified value, the printer turns OFF
the CTS signal. The computer knows that the printer can accept no more data and interrupts
transmission. The printer continues processing the data in the buffer. When the empty space in
the buffer reaches a specific value, the printer turns ON the CTS signal again to notify the computer that reception is possible.
In this way the RS-232C communication is controlled so as not to overflow the printer's
buffer.
2–6
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
C. Image Controller
Figure 2-104 is a block diagram of the image controller.
Image controller
Engine controller
Communication
I/F
Y601
14.7MHz
[6]
Serial
controller
(U633)
[4]
SRAM
(U628)
8-bit
Data bus
[5]
Timer
(U610)
[3]
DRAM
(U602,606,
U611,U616)
Address bus
[1]
Serial
controller
(U632)
Address bus
External serial
interface
[2]
FIFO
(U622)
32-bit
Data bus
External parallel interface
[7]
Gate array
(U617)
Image data I/F(8-bit)
Address bus
32-bit data bus
16-bit
data bus
[8]
FLASH
ROM
(XU601)
32-bit
data bus
[9]
FLASH
ROM
(U612,
U618)
8-bit
data bus
[10]
EEPROM
(U619)
8-bit
[11]
PIO
(U629,
U634)
[14]
Timer
(U609)
[12]
CPU
(U607)
Y601
14.7MHz
Y602
33MHz
[13]
Reset IC
(U613)
Operation
Panel
Figure 2-104
2–7
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
Major functions of the ICs on the image
controller are as follows.
[1] Serial controller (U632)
Uses the external clock of 14.7MHz
divided by 2.
Baud rates for receiving image data over
the serial interface are 2400, 4800, 9600,
19200, and 38400bps.
[2] FIFO (U622)
This buffer stores the image data temporarily between the parallel interface and
CPU (U607).
[3] DRAM (U602, U606, U611, U616)
4 RAM chips with a capacity of 2
Mbytes each, connected to the gate array
using a 32-bit data bus, and used as
follows.
• Storage area for the CMYK bitmap
data created by the CPU (U607) for the
banding process.
• CPU system processing work area.
[4] SRAM (U628)
32 Kbyte memory used to store the raster
slice converted image data until a transmission request is received from the
engine controller.
2–8
[5] Timer (U610)
Uses the by external clock of 14.7MHz
divided by 2.
Functions as a baud rate clock for the
serial controllers. (U632, U633)
[6] Serial controller (U633)
Uses the external clock of 14.7MHz
divided by 2.
Intermediary between the gate array
(U617) and engine controller.
[7] Gate array (U617)
Major functions are as follows.
• DRAM control
• Raster slice conversion of the image
data in the DRAM after banding
processing, to slice data to the width of
the BJ cartridge
• Address decode
• 8-bit parallel output of image data
to the engine controller
• Controls the compatible and nibble
mode latch timing for image data
transfer from the computer.
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
[8] FLASH ROM (XU601)
1 Mbyte boot ROM used to initialize the
CPU at power ON. Stores the
downloaded program.
[14]Timer (U609)
Uses the external clock of 14.7MHz
divided by 2.
Functions as a timer for :
• DRAM refresh timing
[9] FLASH ROM (U612, U618)
1 Mbyte ROMs used to store the program
for the image controller. The following
functions are also provided.
• Communication with the engine
controller
• System operation of the image
controller
• Interface analysis
• Operation panel control
• Generation of test pattern
[10] EEPROM (U619)
32Kbyte ROM used to store information
on the printer and the values set using the
operation panel.
[11] PIO (U634)
Intermediary between the CPU (U607)
and operation panel input/output port.
[12] CPU (U607)
Uses the external 33 MHz clock.
Major functions are as follows.
• Controls the image controller
• Vector raster conversion
• Raster/raster conversion
• Controls communication with the
engine controller
[13] Reset IC (U613)
Resets the CPU (U607) at power ON.
2–9
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
D. Engine Controller
Figure 2-105 is a block diagram of the engine controller.
The printer is controlled mainly by the CPU (U221), which is run by the 16MHz external
clock.
Engine controller
Y202
16MHz
[1]
CPU
(U221)
Command
communication I/F
[6]
Reset IC
(U227)
Address bus
Image controller
Data bus
[2]
Sub-CPU
(U202)
[10]
Paper feed
motor
driver
(U233)
Paper
feed
motor
[3]
DRAM
(U216)
[4]
FLASH
ROM
(U219)
[5]
EEPROM
(U218)
[9]
Gate
array
(U204)
[11]
Carriage
motor
driver
(U232)
[7]
Gate
array
(U208)
Carriage
motor
[8]
Gate
array
(U212)
Data
bus
Image data I/F (8-bit)
LED light
control circuit
Image data control communication I/F
[12]
Purge motor
driver
(U234)
Purge
motor
BJ cartridges
(Bk, C, M, Y)
Carriage
controller
LED
Linear encoder
Figure 2-105
2–10
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
Major functions of the ICs on the engine
controller are as follows.
[1] CPU (U221)
Connected to the DRAM (U216),
FLASH ROM (U219), EEPROM (U218)
and gate array (U204, U212) via the
address bus and data bus.
Run by the 16MHz external clock.
Major functions are as follows.
• Command communication with the
image controller
• Fan motor output port
[2] Sub-CPU (U202)
Connected to the CPU (U221). Major
function is to control the paper feed
motor and carriage motor.
[3] DRAM (U216)
2-Mbyte work area used to store temporary CPU data.
[7] Gate array (U208)
Provided with an 8-bit parallel input port
for the image data from the image
controller. Processes the image data
before sending it to the gate array
(U212). Also processes the internal print
data.
[8] Gate array (U212)
• Image data transfer control for the
image controller
• Conversion of image data
• Input ports for sensors, switchs, etc.
• Carriage position control using the
linear encoder
• Media sensor lamp signal output
• Solenoid output port
•
Purge motor control
[9] Gate array (U204)
Operated by a clock from the CPU
(U221). Generates head drive pulse
signals.
[4] FLASH ROM (U219)
500-Kbyte ROM containing the control
program.
[5] EEPROM (U218)
8-Kbyte ROM used to store timer suction, dot count, waste ink count and other
data.
[10] Paper feed motor driver (U233)
Generates paper feed motor drive signal.
[11] Carriage motor driver (U232)
Generates carriage motor drive signal.
[12] Purge motor driver (U234)
Generates purge motor drive signal.
[6] Reset IC (U227)
Detects the voltage supplied to the engine
controller at power ON or power
interruption, and resets the CPU (U221).
2–11
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
E. Engine controller Input/Output
1. Engine controller input/output (1/3)
Engine controller
SW2
J8
-1 -2
-2 -1
J211
-1
DOOR_IN
-2
J2
-1 -2
J1
-1 -8
J212
-1
-2
-2
-7
-2 SOL_CONT* When "0",
SL1 turns on.
PS1
-1
-2
-3
-5
-4
-3
-4
-5
-6
+5V
-5
-4 PURHP_IN When the guide roller is
-3
at home position, "1".
PS2
-1
-2
-3
-8
-7
-6
-1
-2
-3
+5V
-8
-7 CRGHP_IN When the carriage is at
-6
home position, "1".
Front cover
switch
Wiper solenoid
Pump position
sensor
Home
position sensor
Remaining ink
sensor
Ink tank sensor
PE senser
-2
-1
SL1
-1
J11
-1 -4
-2 -3
-4 -1
-3 -2
PS3
PS4
-1
-2
-3
PS6
-1
-2
-3
J10
-3 -1
-2 -2
-1 -3
2–12
+26V
J213
+5V
-5
-6 INKCONN*
-8 INK1_IN*
-7
+5V
-11
-10 TANK
-9
J214
+5V
-3
-2 MEDIA_IN*
-1
Figure 2-106
When the front cover
is opened, "1".
When "0", PS3 turns on.
When there is no ink in
the ink chamber, "0".
When no ink tank is
installed, "1".
When PS6 has
detected paper, "0".
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2. Engine controller input/output (2/3)
Engine controller
Paper feed motor
Carriage motor
Purge motor
M1
J203
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
J201
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
M2
M3
FM1
Suction fan
FM2
Cooling fan
J12
-1 -1
-2 -2
-3 -3
-4 -4
-5 -5
-6 -6
+26V
XA
XAN
XB
XBN
See the section on the
"Paper feed Motor"
(P. 2-58).
+26V
YA
YAN
YB
YBN
See the section on the
"Carriage Motor"
(P. 2-24).
J9
-1 -1
-2 -2
-3 -3
-4 -4
-5 -5
-6 -6
J202
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
J5
-1 -1
-2 -2
J204
+26V
-1
-2 FAN_CONT When "1", FM1 rotates.
PG_OUT1
PG_OUT2
PG_OUT3
PG_OUT4
PPOW_CONL
PPOW_CONL
Rotation control signal
When "0", M3 rotates.
J206
+26V
-2
-3 FAN_CONT When "1", FM2 rotates.
-1 FANSTS
During rotation, "1".
Figure 2-107
2–13
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
3. Engine controller input/output (3/3)
Engine controller
Carriage
controller
J503
BJ cartridge (Bk)
Bk
J504
BJ cartridge (C)
J501 J208
J502 J207
C
J505
BJ cartridge (M)
M
J506
BJ cartridge (Y)
Linear sensor
Y
PS8
-3
-1
-4
-5
J509
-3
-4
-2
-1
J510
-6
PS9
Media sensor
TH1
-4
-8
-7
-5
-3
-2
+5V
J502 J207
-8 LSA
-33
-9 LSB
-32
+26V
+5V
See"Media sensor"
J502 J207
LEDB
(page 2-28).
LEDR
REGOUT
POUT
-37 THERM_IN
-4
Internal temperature
-1
signal from thermistor
Figure 2-108
2–14
Rectanguler wave with phase
difference of 90˚ input
at the time of carriage
movement.
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
F. Summary of Operation
1. When the power switch is turned ON
AC connection
Power switch (SW1)
ON
Software initial check
Normal?
• CPU initialization
• ROM/RAM check
• EEPROM check
No
Error indication
•E011xx
•E012xx
•E051xx
Yes
BJ print head presence
detection
Normal?
• Presence of BJ print head
• Head rank measurement
No
Error indication
If there is no BJ print head, color (C, M, Y)
warning and black (Bk) error are indicated.
Yes
•E004xx
•W004xx
Front cover open/close
detection
Closed?
No
Message indication
Yes
Close the front cover
A
2–15
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
A
Initial operation
Normal?
• Linear encoder check
• Home position detection
• Pump position detection
• Ink tank presence detection
• Remaining ink detection
• BJ print head reference position detection
No
Error indication
•E003xx
•E005xx
•E007xx
Yes
Purge unit operation
Normal?
• Carry out only if the carriage is not at
the home position when the power switch is turned ON.
No
Error indication
•E003xx
•E005xx
•E007xx
Yes
Media presence detection
Present?
No
Message indication
Yes
Load the media
Normal?
Yes
Online
2–16
• See page 2-30 for details.
No
Error indication
•E001xx
•E003xx
•E008xx
•E015xx
Offline
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2. When media is loaded
Set media
Media presence detection
Present?
No
Message indication
Yes
Suction fan (FM1)
Cooling fan (FM2)
Rotation
Normal?
• Always detect while the fan is rotating.
• Rotates for 60 sec. after detection of media.
No
Set media.
Error indication
•E01501
Yes
Front cover open/close
detection
Closed?
No
Message indication
Yes
Close the front cover.
Press the up or down
arrow key.
Load the media
Normal?
Yes
Online
• See page 2-30 for details.
No
Error indication
•E001xx
•E003xx
•E008xx
•E015xx
2–17
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
3. Printing
Data reception
Check communication
condition
Normal?
No
Error indication
•E052xx
•E053xx
Yes
Front cover open/close
detection
Closed?
No
Message indication
Yes
Close the front cover.
Media presence detection
Present?
No
Message indication
Yes
Load the media
Normal?
Yes
A
2–18
• See page 2-30 for details.
No
Set media.
Error indication
•E001xx
•E003xx
•E008xx
•E015xx
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
A
Checking the time
having been left
Less than
72 hours from the
previous purging?
No
Purge action
• See page 2-48, 49, 50 for details.
Yes
Normal?
Yes
Suction fan (FM1)
Cooling fan (FM2)
Rotation
Normal?
No
Error indication
•E005xx
• Always detected when rotating
No
Error indication
•E01501
Yes
Data analysis
Normal?
Yes
No
Warning indication
•W060xx
•W061xx
•W062xx
•W063xx
•W064xx
•W065xx
•W067xx
B
2–19
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
B
Printing started
Check print head
Normal?
• Always detected while printing
No
Error indication
•E004xx
•W004xx
Yes
End of printing
Cut sheet media?
No
Cutting operation
• See page 2-38 for details.
Yes
Normal?
Yes
Feed the media to the printing end position.
Move the carriage to the home position
Suction fan (FM1) and cooling fan (FM2) stopped.
Offline
2–20
Online
No
Error indication
•E008xx
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–21
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
II. CARRIAGE UNIT
A. Outline
Figure 2-201 shows the composition of the carriage and its driving components.
The driving force from the carriage motor (M2) is transmitted to the carriage through the
carriage belt , causing the carriage to move back and forth over the paper. The distance it moves
is controlled by counting the number of pulses of the signal transmitted from the engine controller to the carriage motor.
The print signal from the engine controller is transmitted to the BJ print head mounted to the
carriage, via the carriage controller.
[2]
[1]
[3]
[11]
[4]
[10]
[5]
[6]
[9]
[8]
[7]
Figure 2-201
2–22
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
No.
Name
Function
[1]
Linear scale
Reference of printing position and print timing.
[2]
Carriage motor (M2)
Moves the carriage back and forth.
[3]
Home position sensor (PS2) *
Detects the home position.
[4]
Remaining ink sensor (PS3) *
Detects the ink level remaining in the ink tank.
[5]
Ink tank sensor (PS4) *
Detects presence of ink tank.
[6]
Carriage
Four BJ cartridges are mounted on the carriage and
move back and forth by the driving force from the
carriage motor (M2).
[7]
Paper thickness adjustment lever
Selects one of 3 distances between the head and platen.
[8]
Cutter
Rises and lowers according to the movement of the
carriage, cutting the roll media.
[9]
Media sensor (PS9)
Detects ink dot position when adjusting the print
position alignment. Also detects internal temperature
with a built-in thermistor.
[10]
Carriage belt
Transmits the driving force of the carriage motor (M2)
to the carriage.
[11]
Carriage controller
Relays the print signals issued from the engine controller to the BJ print head.
Conducts serial communication with the engine
controller using the 4-bit slave CPU, and sends the
internal temperature, head temperature and head rank
information to the engine controller.
* These sensors compose the purge unit.
Table 2-201
2–23
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
B. Carriage Motor Control
1. Outline
The carriage motor (M2) of this machine is a 2-phase stepping motor. It controls the back and
forth movement of the carriage. The carriage motor (M2) is controlled by the engine controller,
the main functions of which are shown below. Figure 2-202 is a block diagram of the carriage
motor control circuit.
[1] Carriage motor ON/OFF control
[2] Carriage motor direction control
[3] Carriage motor speed control
[4] Carriage motor supply current control
+26V
Engine controller PCB
D/A 1
MTP 9 Current
Vref 1
YMA
MTP 10 control
MTP 11
CPU
circuit
MTP 12
MTP 13
Vref 2
Carriage
motor
driver
YMAN
YMB
M2
YMBN
MTP 14
Carriage
motor
MTP 15
Figure 2-202
2. Operation
a. ON/OFF control
Carriage motor ON/OFF is controlled by the carriage motor driver control signal (MTP12-15)
issued by the CPU to the carriage motor driver on the engine controller.
When MTP12 - 15 are "0", the carriage motor driver generates motor drive pulses (YMA,
YMAN, YMB, YMBN) and the carriage motor (M2) is rotated by those pulses.
On the other hand, when MTP12-15 are "1", no motor drive pulses are generated and the
carriage motor (M2) stops rotating.
2–24
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
b. Direction control
The output timing of the motor drive pulses (YMA, YMAN, YMB, YMBN) from the carriage
motor driver is changed by the carriage motor driver control signals (MTP12-15) output from the
CPU, to control the direction of the carriage motor (M2).
c. Speed control
The speed of the carriage motor (M2) is controlled by changing the frequency of the carriage
motor current control signals (MTP9-11) and the carriage motor driver control signals (MTP1215) issued by the CPU.
d. Supply current control
The 2 signals (Vref1, Vref2) output from the current control circuit are controlled by the
carriage motor drive control signal (D/A1) output by the CPU, to control the current supplied to
the carriage motor (M2) by the carriage motor driver for stopping, holding, low-speed operation
and high-speed operation. By changing the carriage motor supply current according to the
current condition of the carriage motor (M2), the carriage motor (M2) is smoothly controlled.
e. Detection of problems
If a heavy load is placed on the carriage for any reason, the pulse signal output from the linear
encoder will not be detected within a specified time. The engine controller interprets this as a
problem with the carriage motor and stops it.
3. Detection of front cover open/closed
As a safety precaution against the front cover being opened while the carriage is operating, a
front cover switch (SW2) is provided.
When the front cover is opened, the front cover switch is turned OFF, the carriage motor (M2)
drive voltage (+26V) is cut off after printing 1 band, and the carriage motor stops.
2–25
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
C. Linear Encoder
1. Outline
A linear encoder is installed on the printer to allow checking the carriage operation and adjusting the dot placement position on the paper. When the carriage is returning, after the home
position sensor (PS2) turns ON and the carriage has travelled an additional 12mm, that position
is considered the home position.
2. Structure
LSA/LSB
1/360 inch
Carriage
controller
Linear sensor
Linear scale
Figure 2-203
[1] Linear scale
Slits are printed at an interval of about 1/360 inch on a polyethylene telephthalate sheet.
[2] Linear sensor
Composed of a light emitting diode and photo diode, the sensor reads the slit pattern on
the linear scale and outputs a 2-phase rectangular wave.
3. Output signal
When the linear sensor moves along the linear scale, the photo diode detects the light coming
through the slit pattern and outputs 4 signals (A, A, B, B) to the signal processing circuit. Two
comparators output rectangular waves (LSA, LSB) with a phase difference of 90°.
2–26
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
Linear sensor
Light sensing unit
Light emitting unit
Carriage controller
J502
+5V
-3
Photo Comparator
diode
Signal processing
circuit
LED
A
A
B
B
+
Engine controller
LSA
-4
J214
-8
LSB
-2
-9
+
Gate
array
-
Lens
-1
Linear scale
LSA
LSA
LSB
LSB
Position
When carriage is advancing
Position
When carriage is retracting
Figure 2-204
4. Control
The engine controller controls and checks
as follows, based on the A and B-phase
signals (LSA, LSB).
b. Carriage operation
The LSA signal has a phase difference of
-90° to the LSB signal when the carriage is
• Control of ink discharge timing
advancing and a phase difference of +90°
• Control of carriage operation
when the carriage is returning, enabling the
• Detection of carriage position
engine controller to control the carriage
operation and direction.
a. Ink discharge timing
The LTCLK signal is generated synchronously with the rising edge of the LSA pulse
c. Carriage position
The carriage position is detected by count-
when the carriage advances, and with the
ing the LSA rising edges when the carriage is
falling edge of the LSA pulse when the
advancing and the LSA falling edges when
carriage returns, so that the ink dot position
the carriage is returning.
is properly adjusted on the paper.
2–27
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
D. Media Sensor
1. Outline
The printer is provided with a media sensor to detect the width and skew of the paper, the
internal temperature, and to enable automatic head adjustment. The media sensor is located on
the carriage unit and composed of a red and a blue LED and one reflective photo sensor. When
automatically adjusting the head, to detect the cyan line pattern, the red LED is lit, and to detect
the black, magenta and yellow line patterns, the blue LED is lit.
Engine controller
Media sensor
Carrriage controller
+24V
J508
REGLEDR -10
LED
lighting
circuit (red)
J214
-31
D/A-C
CPU
J214
-32
J214
J214
-37
J508
REGLEDB - 9
LED
lighting
circuit (blue)
J508
-7
THERM_IN
J504
-1
LEDR
Red
Blue
J504
-7
LEDB
J504
-6
POUT
THERME
AMP
TH1
Figure 2-205
2. Paper width detection
When paper is picked up, the blue LED in the media sensor are switched on, and if the reflected light level is insufficient, the red LED also is switched on. The carriage is moved while
lighting the proper LEDs (blue, red or both) and the right edge of the paper is detected when the
carriage advances and the left edge when returning. The output pulses from the linear encoder
are counted from when the carriage leaves the home position until the paper edges are detected,
and the paper width is determined from the difference between the counted values at the time of
advancing and returning.
When the paper width is less than 250.0mm, an error code is displayed on the operation panel.
If the right or left edge of the paper is detected as out of the reference position by more than
5mm, an error code (E00162) is indicated.
2–28
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
3. Skew detection
By comparing the detected right edge position of the paper after a certain volume of paper has
been fed, with the position of the right edge detected during the paper width detection operation,
paper skew can be detected.
[1] Roll media
After the paper width detection, the paper is fed for approximately 300mm to detect skew.
Roll media
Skew detection
300mm
Paper width detection
Figure 2-206
[2] Cut sheets
After the paper width detection, the paper is reverse fed for approx. 300mm for the first skew
detection. The paper is then fed further back, and when the rear edge passes the media sensor,
the paper is fed back for approx. 50mm from the leading edge and a second skew detection takes
place.
However, if the leading edge passes by the media sensor before the paper is fed for approx.
300mm, the paper is returned approx. 50mm from that position, and skew detection is conducted.
Cut sheet
Paper width detection
Approx. 300mm
Paper width detection
Skew
detection 1
Approx. 50mm
Skew
detection 2
Approx.
50mm
Skew detection
Figure 2-207
2–29
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
If the skew value is more than the specified amount, the paper is determined to be skewed.
The skew value here is the divergence between the paper's right edge at the time of paper width
detection and the right edge at the time of skew detection.
When paper skew is detected, the printer returns the carriage to the home position and stops
operation.
Cut sheet loading sequence
Roll media loading sequence
Loading started
Loading started
Leading edge detection
Leading edge detection*
Paper width detection
Paper width detection
Paper is fed backward
approx. 300mm
Paper is fed foward
approx. 300 mm
Skewed feed detection
No
Paper leading
edge detection
Yes
Skewed feed detection
Normal?
No
Yes
Normal?
No
Loading completed
Skewed feed error processed
Yes
Leading edge detection
* For continuous printing of roll paper, this process is
performed only when "Cut" in "Auto Cut" is selected.
Approx. 50mm of paper
from the leading edge is fed
Skewed feed detection
Normal?
No
Yes
Loading completed
Skewed feed error processed
Figure 2-208
2–30
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
4. Light compensation
The media sensor brightness is automatically compensated for at the time of paper width
detection and automatic print position adjustment. The carriage is advanced for approx. 200mm,
the light quantity on the paper is compensated for in the order of blue and red, and then the light
quantity on the platen is compensated for in the order of blue and red.
5. Auto band adjustment
Errors in band placement due to mechanical tolerances of the head nozzles and media feeding
system can be automatically corrected.
a. Pattern
First, 2 ruled lines are printed using 10 nozzles from among 160 nozzles of the BJ print head,
from the 4th one from both ends to the 14th one (pattern 1). The interval between the centers of
these 2 rule lines corresponds to 144 nozzles. Then, the media is sent ahead for the distance
corresponding to 144 nozzles and 3 ruled lines (pattern 2) are printed. The paper feed motor
rotates twice for the above process (3200 steps).
Finally, the media is again advanced a distance corresponding to 144 nozzles, and one ruled
line (pattern 3) is printed. This printing of patterns 1 to 3 is repeated 5 times.
b. Measurement and adjustment
The interval between ruled lines A and B of pattern 1 is measured, and then the interval
between ruled line A of pattern 1 and ruled line A of pattern 2 is measured. The intervals are
compared, and the feeding distance corresponding to 1 band of the paper feed motor is adjusted.
Similarly, the interval between ruled lines B and C of pattern 2 and the interval between ruled
line B of pattern 2 and ruled line A of the pattern 3 are measured. The intervals are compared
and the feeding distance corresponding to 1 band of the paper feed motor is adjusted.
Pattern 1
A
Pattern 2
3 nozzles
5 nozzles
B
A
B
C
A
144 nozzles
Pattern 3
5 nozzles
3 nozzles
Fig2-209
2–31
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
6. Automatic print position adjustment
When cartridges are installed on the carriage, the nozzle positions of the cartridges may be
displaced, causing displacement of dots of different colors on the paper. The automatic print
position adjustment compensates for this displacement.
The head is automatically adjusted vertically (paper feeding) and horizontally (carriage movement) as follows.
a. Vertical adjustment (paper feed)
The line patterns for 1 band in the horizontal direction are printed in the order of black, cyan,
magenta, and yellow as the carriage moves backward and forward. Then black lines for 1 band
are printed as the carriage moves backward. This process is repeated 15 times.
The distance between the center of the second black line patterns and the center of the color
pattern is measured for each of the 15 sets, the average value is calculated, and the calibration
value is determined.
b. Horizontal adjustment (carriage movement)
As before, line patterns in the vertical direction are printed, and the distance between the
center values of the black line patterns and color patterns are measured and divided into 29
intervals, the average value is calculated to determine the compensation value. Theoretically the
horizontal adjustment is accurate to 1/270 dot. The adjustment covers 6 cases as follows.
(1) The tolerances of the carriage drive components can cause the positions of ink dots on the
media to shift. The printer detects the shifted value of the black line pattern with medium
drops printed as the carriage moves forward with a drive frequency of 7.2kHz, and corrects
the standard position where ink is placed.
(2) When the carriage moves forward, the divergence between the black line pattern printed
with small drops at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the color line pattern is adjusted.
(3) When the carriage moves backward, the divergence between the black line pattern printed
with small drops at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the color line pattern is adjusted.
(4) When the carriage moves backward, the divergence between the black line pattern printed
with large drops at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the color line pattern is adjusted.
(5) The divergence between the black line pattern when the carriage moves forward and
backward at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the line pattern is adjusted.
(6) The divergence between the black line pattern when the carriage moves forward and
backward at a drive frequency of 14.4kHz and the line pattern is adjusted.
2–32
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
CAUTION
Whenever a BJ print head is removed and reinstalled, or the head-to-paper gap is adjusted,
the automatic print position adjustment must be conducted.
Vertical
adjustment
15
14
Backforwad printing
13
: Black
Forward printing
: Cyan
1
: Magenta
: Yellow
Forward
printing
Forward
printing
Backward
printing
Horizontal
adjustment
Backward rinting
14.4kHz Black : medium dots
1st printing is forward
2nd printing is backward
7.2kHz Black : medium dots
1st printing is forward
2nd printing is backward
Printed backward at 7.2kHz
Black: large dots
Printed backward at 7.2kHz
Black: small dots
Printed forward at 7.2kHz
Black: small dots
Printed forward at 7.2kHz
Black : medium dots
29
28
2
1
Figure 2-210
2–33
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
E. Detection of the Ink Tank
1. Outline
The printer has an ink tank detection function. When an ink tank is not installed, an error
message appears on the message display and the ink and head condition is indicated by a blinking hyphen ("–").
2. Method of detecting the ink tank
The presence of the ink tank is detected by the ink tank detection sensor (PS4) installed on the
purge unit when the carriage returns to the home position, in the order of yellow, magenta, cyan,
and black. The ink tank detection sensor uses a reflective type photo sensor. The existence of
the ink tank is detected by whether or not light is reflected from the bottom surface of the tank.
When the ink tank is installed, light from the sensor is reflected from the bottom surface of the
tank and returns to the light receiving unit, causing the ink tank detection signal (TANK) to be
"0". When no ink tank is installed, light is not reflected back to the light receiving unit, and the
ink tank detection signal (TANK) becomes "1".
Figure 2-213 is a flow chart of the ink tank detection and remaining ink detection process.
Figure 2-211
2–34
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
F. Remaining Ink Detection
1. Outline
The printer has a remaining ink detection function. The remaining ink is detected at 2 levels.
When the ink in the ink tank chamber is used up, the ink condition on the message display is
shown in lower case letters.
If the ink in the tank's sponge is used up, when the printing of that page is completed, the ink
condition on the message display is indicated by a hyphen ("–").
The ink condition indications are shown in Table 2-202.
Display
Condition
Capital letters
Ink is sufficient
Lower
case letters
No ink in ink chamber
Hyphen ("–")
No ink in chamber and sponge
Blinking
hyphen
No ink tank
Table 2-202
2–35
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2. Method of detecting remaining ink
The ink remaining in the ink chamber is detected by the remaining ink sensor (PS3) installed
on the purge unit, in the order of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black when the carriage returns to
the home position. The remaining ink sensor (PS3) uses a reflective prism. The light from the
sensor is reflected back by the prism in the bottom of the ink tank, and returns to the light receiving unit. When there is ink in the chamber, the light is absorbed by the ink and does not reflect
back to the light receiving unit, and the remaining ink signal (INK1_IN) is "1". When there is no
ink in the chamber, the light is reflected back by the prism to the light receiving unit, and the
remaining ink signal (INK1_IN) changes from "1" to "0". When the ink tank is not installed,
there is no prism, the light is not returned to the light receiving unit, and the remaining ink signal
(INK1_IN) is "1".
When the ink in the chamber is exhausted, remaining ink is calculated by counting dots. The
number of ink dots discharged from the head are counted by the gate array on the engine controller and the counted value is sent to the CPU for each band. The CPU adds the dot counts sent to
it and the number of suction times (number of sucked dots) and the total is stored in the
EEPROM. When the total number of ink dots reaches a specified value (the amount of ink held
by the sponge), the indication of the ink status on the message display is changed.
Fig. 2-213 is a flow chart of the ink tank detection and remaining ink detection process.
Ink tank detection/remaining ink detection flow chart
ink chamber
Figure 2-212
2–36
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
Ink tank detection
Is there an
ink tank?
No
Error Message indication
Yes
Remaining ink detection
No
Ink tank's ink
chamber empty?
Yes
• State indication is displayed
in lower-case letters.
Dot counting started
Dot count (gate array)
Counted dot values
added (CPU)
Counted dot total
stored (EEPROM)
• The recovded dot count total
returns to 0 when the ink tank is
replaced.
Has the
specified volume been
consumed based on the
dot count total?
No
Yes
No
Ink/head status indicated
by hyphen
Figure 2-213
2–37
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
G. Cutter Unit
1. Outline
The Cutter unit is installed on the carriage.
2. Cutting operation
When roll media is cut, the carriage
advances to the left side of the platen and the
As the carriage moves, the cutter lowers,
cutter hook is released by the cutter guide at
cutting the roll media. The Cutter unit is
the left edge of the guide rail. The cutter is
moved up and down along the slope of the
lowered by its spring.
platen to prevent cutting failure, and a paper
The carriage cuts the roll media while
retainer is provided to cut the paper while
returning, and the cutter rises along the cutter
compensating its slackness or unevenness.
slope on the right side of the guide rail and is
To maintain cutting quality, the blade
stored there.
position can be switched through 5 stages by
turning a dial.
Cutter unit
Cutter release section
For safety, the Cutter unit is designed not
to be removed from the carriage when the
cutter blade is out.
REFERENCE
Roll media is cut as follows.
Cutter
• After new roll media is picked up,
80mm is cut to straighten the front
edge.
• After the roll media is printed, the rear
edge is cut.
• When the FORCE CUT function is
executed, the roll media is cut.
Paper
Platen
Figure 2-214
2–38
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
III. BJ CARTRIDGE
A. BJ Cartridge
1. Overview
Four colors of BJ cartridges are used in this printer: black (Bk), cyan (C), magenta (M), and
yellow (Y). The BJ print head and ink tank are separable for each color.
2. Structure
Configuration of the BJ cartridge is shown below.
[13]
[1]
[2]
[12]
[3]
[8]
[4]
[7]
[11]
[10]
[5]
[9]
[6]
Figure 2-301
2–39
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
No.
Name
Function
[1]
Tank packing
Seals between the ink tank and ink pipe to prevent leakage.
[2]
Ink filter
Filters the ink to prevent foreign matter from entering the ink
passage.
[3]
Cartridge body
A case accommodating and connecting the head unit and ink
tank.
[4]
Ink pipe
Passage between ink tank and ink guide
[5]
Ink guide
Passage between the ink pipe and head unit
[6]
Head packing
Seals between the ink guide and BJ head unit to prevent ink
from leaking.
[7]
Wiper cleaner
Wipes off ink attached to the wiper.
[8]
Head unit
Accepts ink from the ink guide and discharges ink by the print
signal.
[9]
Head holder
A holder to mount the head unit through the ink guide.
[10] Tank body
A case accommodating the ink sponge
[11] Ink supplier
Feeds the ink from the ink sponge to the ink pipe under
constant pressure
[12] Ink sponge
Sponge soaked with ink
[13] Atmospheric air passage plate
A hole and groove on the plate and label stuck to it compose
an atmospheric air passage between the inside and outside of
the ink tank. It prevents pressure variations in the cartridge,
due to ink consumption or environmental conditions, for
stable supply of ink to the head unit.
Table 2-301
2–40
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
3. BJ print head
Ink from the ink sponge is filtered through the mesh-like ink filter and fed to the head unit
through the ink pipe of the cartridge body.
The ink is then sent to the nozzle through the joint pipe.
When head drive current flows to the heater plate in the nozzle, the ink boils in multiple
bubbles, which soon become one bubble.
The head drive current is stopped before the ink drop leaves the nozzle, but bubbling continues from residual heat in the heater, and ink drops are ejected from the nozzle hole.
After the ink drops are ejected from the nozzle, the nozzle is filled with ink again from the ink
sponge due to capillary action.
REFERENCE
The print head uses semiconductor technology, with the heaters and their circuits on a
silicon plate.
The silicon plate, with these electrical circuits, is bonded to an aluminum plate, which is
attached to the plastic cover housing the nozzles.
Ultra thin wire
connecting section
Signal circuit
Print board
Protective bond for
wire connecting section
Silicone plate
Aluminum base plate
Large heater
Small heater
Bubble jet nozzle
The heater power
is applied
The heater power
continues
The heater
power is shut off
The bubble shrinks
and an ink drop is
formed
Ink flow from the ink sponge
Ink filter
Joint pipe
Plastic cover
Common ink chamber
Ink drops are ejected
Face plate (Part of plastic cover)
Figure 2-302
2–41
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
4. Nozzle arrangement
160 nozzles are arranged vertically in one line at a spacing of 1/360 in.
Nozzle arrangement on the BJ print head is shown below.
Nozzle 1
Nozzle 160
Figure 2-303
In the monochrome mode, 1 band is printed at a maximum width of 160 nozzles (approximately 11.3mm) .
However, in color mode, 4 BJ print heads are used, and the printer must compensate for
variations in discharge due to each printhead installation tolerance and nozzle tolerance. For this
reason, though the head is composed of 160 nozzles, one band has a width corresponding to 144
nozzles at the maximum (about 10.2mm), and the particular nozzles used on the printhead of
each color are determined each time that “Auto Adjust” of the “Adjustment” menu is executed.
2–42
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
B. BJ Print head Drive
1. Construction of electric head unit
The figure below is a block diagram of the BJ print head drive control circuit.
VH
Rank resistance
RANK
GNDH
SUBH
Sub-heater X2
ODD
EVEN
*
Heater 1A
1A
1
ODATA
Heater 1B
1B
Heater 2A
2A
2
HSEL1A
HSEL1B
HSEL2A
Heater 2B
2B
Heater 3A
3A
3
HSEL2B
HENB1A
Heater 3B
3B
HENB1B
HENB2A
HENB2B
Heater 5A
5A
5
9A
9
9B
320-bit Tr.Array
160-bitLatch
160bit Shift register
160
Heater 7A
7A
7
Heater 9A
Heater 9B
112
112B
TA
113A
113
Heater 112B
Heater 113A
Heater 113B
113B
VDD
GNDL
159
159B
160A
160
160B
IODATA
Heater 159B
Heater 160A
Heater 160B
DCLK
HSEL1A
HSEL1B
HSEL2A
HSEL2B
HENB1A
HENB1B
HENB2A
HENB2B
RESET
LTCLK
DIR
BENB0
BENB1
Serial transfer unit
2 4
Decoder
0
1
2
3
DIA
Head temperature
sensor
DIK
* Heater A: Large heater
Heater B: Small heater
Figure 2-304
2–43
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
• 160-bit shift register
The serial ODATA signal from the engine
controller is converted to parallel image data
using the DCLK signal timing.
• Sub-heater
Head temperature adjusting heater for
stable ink efection.
The engine controller drives the subheater according to the temperature detected
• 160-bit latch
Outputs image data transferred from the
160-bit shift register using the LTCLK signal
by the head temperature sensor and internal
temperature thermistor (TH1) in the media
sensor (PS9), and the print mode.
timing.
• Rank resistance
• 2 → 4 decoder
BENB0 and BENBI signals are used to
create 4 timing signals to heat all heaters.
Variation of heater characteristics of each
head is classified into 24 ranks.
The engine controller reads the resistance
values as voltage values at the A/D port of
• AND gates
These gates combine and outpt the parallel
the CPU, in order to provide the best discharge control for each head.
image data (IDATA), the timing signals
generated from the 2→4 decoder, and the
ODD, EVEN, HSEL and HENB signals.
• Head temperature sensor
Changes in temperature which occur due
to the ink flow rate in the nozzles are de-
• 320-bit transistor array
Supplies power to the heaters, as controlled by the outputs of the AND gates.
tected with a diode.
The engine controller reads the head
temperature sensor output voltage at the A/D
port of the CPU and converts it to a digital
• Heater-boards 1A - 160B
The heaters inside the nozzles are heated
temperature for discharge control and over
heating protection.
when power is supplied.
Two types of heaters, large and small, are
used in each nozzle. Ink discharge varies
depending on the combination of the power
supply to the 2 heaters.
2–44
• Serial transfer unit
Transmits data in both directions using the
data input/output terminal (IODATA).
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2. Print signal
The BJ print head is controlled as follows.
Approx. 70µs (14.4kHz)/
Approx. 130µs (7.7kHz)
LTCLK
ODATA
0
1
2
3
4
160
Data transfer to shift register
DCLK
ODD
EVEN
BENB 0
1(0)
0(1)
1(0)
1(0)
BENB 1
0(1)
0(1)
1(0)
0(1)
1(0)
1(0)
0(1)
0(1)
HSEL 1A,1B
1(0)
0(1)
HSEL 2A,2B
1(0)
0(1)
HENB 1A,1B
Drive of head divided into 8
Variable
pulse width
Pre-pulse
Main pulse
HENB 2A,2B
1 block
Figure 2-305
The image data (ODATA) transmitted to the shift register using the DCLK timing is transferred to the latch using the LTCLK timing by the signal from the linear encoder.
The BENB0 and BENBI signals are divided into 4 signals by the 2→4 decoder and the
nozzles are controlled in 4 groups.
The HSEL1 and HSEL 2 signals also control the nozzles in 4 groups.
Finally, each block is further divided into 2 by the ODD and EVEN signals and the nozzles
are divided into 8 groups. By dividing the head drive in this way, the power supply load is
reduced and ink filling delays are prevented.
The HENB signals use a pre-pulse to increase the head temperature to a proper value before
the main pulse discharges the ink. The pulse widths are varied according to the head rank and
head temperature sensor for an even ink discharge rate.
These signals are input to the AND gates together with the image data (ODATA) and each
heater is driven by the output.
The HSEL and HENB signals correspord to heaters large and small. By combining these
signals in the various ways, the volume of ink discharged from the nozzles is controlled to form
3 drop sizes as follows:
• Large dot: Both large and small heaters are driven.
• Middle dot: Only large heater is driven.
• Small dot: Only small heater is driven.
2–45
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
IV. PURGE UNIT
A. Outline
The purge unit provides both a capping function to prevent the head from drying out, and to
prevent dust and other foreign substances from attaching, as well as a head cleaning function to
maintain the print head's condition.
These functions are controlled by the purge motor (M3) and the wiper solenoid (SL1).
[2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
Figure 2-401
2–46
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
The purge unit is composed of the units below.
No.
Name
Function
[1]
Wiper
Lifts up when the carriage returns and wipes ink off the head
surfaces (C, M, Y, Bk).
[2]
Remaining ink sensor (PS3)*
Detects ink remaining in the ink tank.
[3]
Ink tank sensor (PS4)*
Detects presence of ink tank.
[4]
Caps
Press against the heads when capping and purging. The caps
are connected to the carriage tube to carry the purged waste
ink into the tube.
[5]
Home position sensor (PS2)*
Detects the capping position of the carriage.
[6]
Purge motor (M3)
Rotates the pump roller.
[7]
Pump home position sensor (PS1)
Detects the pump roller capping position.
[8]
Pump roller
Generates suction by squeezing the ink carriage tube.
[9]
Waste ink carriage tube
Carries waste ink to the waste ink absorber unit.
[10]
Wiper solenoid (SL1)
Raises the wiper.
[11]
Waste ink absorber unit
Connected to the waste ink carriage tube. Accumulates waste
ink.
* Refer to "II. Carriage unit" for details of these sensors.
Table 2-401
2–47
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
Purge operation is carried out in the
following steps.
b. Purge sequence when user cleaning
a. Purge sequence when powered
ON
is executed
(Ink consumed: approx. 0.5g)
(Ink consumed: approx. 0.16g)
Power switch (SW1)
ON
User cleaning
Suction
Is carriage at
home position?
No
Uncapping
Yes
Carriage initial
operations
Move the carriage to
the home position
Suction
Capping
Carriage initial
operations
Capping
Wait for 2 sec.
Suction
Wiping twice
Wiping
Maintenance jet
Capping
Stand-by
Uncapping
Suction
Capping
Stand-by
2–48
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
c. Purge sequence when printing
(Ink consumed: approx. 0.16g)
Data reception
A
No
72 hours elapsed after
the last discharge
Printing started
Yes
Wiping
Suction
Wiping
Uncapping
Maintenance jet
Maintenance jet
Suction
Capping
Stand by for 2 sec.
Printing ended
Wipe twice
Wiping
Maintenance jet
Maintenance jet
Uncapping
Suction
Suction
Capping
Capping
Stand-by
A
2–49
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
d. Purge sequence at the time of head replacement/ink tank replacement
(Ink consumed : approx, 0.65g)
Replace the head or
ink tank
A
Suction of
appropriate head
Uncapping
Suction
Capping
Stand by for about 2 sec.
A
2–50
Wiping
Maintenance jet
Suction
Capping
Stand-by
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
B. Capping Function
1. Outline
The carriage of this machine stands by at the home position. Duming this time, the caps of
the purge unit are pressed against the BJ print heads to prevent the nozzles from drying out and
to keep out dust.
2. Operation
When printing is completed, the carriage is returned to the home position and all the caps are
lifted and pushed against the head face. The caps are lifted and lowered by the movement of the
carriage.
Figure 2-402
2–51
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
C. Head Cleaning
b. Operation
1. Outline
1) Before starting the printing process, the
Head cleaning consists of wiping ink and
carriage is moved to the specified position
dust from the head face plate, maintenance
on the left side of the wiper. The wiper
jet to adjust the head conditions, and sucking
solenoid (SL1) is turned ON and the wiper
up the ink and air bubbles in the nozzles.
is lifted up.
2) The carriage is moved in reverse, and ink
2. Wiping
attached to the head (Y) surface is wiped
a. Outline
off. The ink on the wiper is wiped off by
When the carriage moves backward the
wiper solenoid (SL1) is turned ON and lifts
the wiper cleaner installed in the BJ print
head.
the wiper up and wipes the ink from the head
surfaces. Ink attached to the wiper is ab-
Carriage moves in backward direction
sorbed by the wiper cleaner of the BJ print
head.
BJ print head
Wiper
Wiper cleaner
Carriage moves in backward direction
Figure 2-404
Figure 2-403
2–52
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
3) The carriage continues moving in
backward direction, wiping the Y head, M
head, C head and Bk head.
c. Timing
Wiping is conducted under the following
conditions.
[1] Before printing
4) After wiping the Bk head, the wiper
solenoid is turned OFF and the wiper is
lowered.
Before the printing process is started, the
wiping is carried out once.
[2] After the suction operations
After completion of suction, the caps are
5) The carriage is moved onto the purge unit
and carries out the maintenance jet to the
caps.
released and wiping is carried out once.
[3] Dot count wiping
The number of dots of ink discharged
from each head since the start of printing
REFERENCE
When the drive frequency is 14.4kHz,
only the Bk head is wiped.
is counted. When the count for a certain
head exceeds the specified value, the
head is wiped after the current printing of
a band is completed. The count value is
cleared to 0 when printing is started and
after wiping.
3. Maintenance jet
a. Outline
Pre-discharge refers to discharging ink
onto the cap for the purpose of removing ink
which has dried and thickened in the nozzles,
preventing the mixing of ink at the head after
wiping, or adjusting the condition of the
nozzles before starting to print. Maintenance
jet uses large dots.
2–53
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
b. Timing
Ink is ejected into the caps in the order of
the heads (Bk, C, M and Y) under the follow-
4. Suction
a. Outline
The cap is pressed against the head and
ing conditions.
the thickened ink and air bubbles in the
[1] When printing is to be started
nozzles are removed by suction.
Just before printing is started,
The cap is connected to the waste ink
maintenance jet is performed.
absorber unit by the waste ink carriage tube.
[2] During printing
Removed ink is carried to the waste ink
The timing of the maintenance jet during
absorber unit by vacuum. Each application
printing is based on the internal tempera-
of suction removes, about 0.2g of ink.
ture detected by the thermister in the
media sensor.
The maintenance jet timer is reset after
the maintenance jet is conducted.
[3] After wiping
After wiping, ink is pre-discharged into
b. Operation
Suction operation is classified into allcolor suction, color suction and black suction.
Suction is effected by rotating the guide
the caps. However, when the drive
roller, which is driven by the purge motor
frequency is 14.4kHz, it is not con-
(M3) in the purge unit.
ducted.
The guide roller position is detected by
the pump home position sensor (PS1). The
position where the guide roller has rotated 40
degrees from the pump home position is
considered to be the guide roller stand- by
position.
When the guide roller is rotated for capping, the cam starts to squeeze the waste ink
carriage tube at a point 43 degrees from the
pump home position.
2–54
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
After the guide roller has rotated 160 de-
c. Timing
grees, it is stopped for about 2 seconds. The
[1] User cleaning 1
waste ink carriage tube which was squeezed
The user can perform the cleaning
recovers during this period, and suction is
operation for all heads.
generated, sucking ink from the color head
• One suction operation occurs for all
nozzles. The guide roller then rotates 223
heads.
degrees, where the cam for the black head
[2] User cleaning 2
starts to squeeze the waste ink carriage tube.
The user can perform the cleaning
After the guide roller has rotated 340
operation for the Bk head.
degrees, it is stopped for about 3 seconds,
• One suction operation occurs for the
while the waste ink carriage tube recovers,
sucking ink from the black head nozzles.
The guide roller then, rotates to the home
position.
Bk head.
[3] User cleaning 3
When an ink tank is removed and
then reinstalled, the user can perform
When sucking only color ink, the black
ink cap is released, so that no black suction
occurs.
the cleaning operation for at head.
• Three suction operations occur for the
corresponding head.
[4] Suction for a replaced ink tank
After printing is completed, the caps of all
When an ink tank is replaced, head
the heads are released, and the guide roller is
cleaning is conducted.
rotated 4 times to move ink that has accumu-
• Three suction operations occur for all
lated in the waste ink carriage tube to the
waste ink absorber unit.
heads, color head, or the Bk head.
[5] Suction for replaced BJ print head
Guide
roller
When a BJ print head is replaced, head
cleaning is conducted.
Head
Cap
Pressurizing
cam
(for black
ink)
Waste
ink tank
M3
• Four suction operations occur for all
heads.
Carriage
tube
Pressurizing
70˚ cam
(for color ink)
40˚
Actuator
Purge position sensor
Purge motor
Figure 2-405
2–55
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
[6] Suction by timer
If 72 hours elapse with no suction
operations, head cleaning will be car-
D. Waste Ink Absorber Unit
1. Waste ink absorber unit
Waste ink is removed from the head
ried out in the next standby mode.
nozzles by the suction operation, sent to the
• One suction operation occurs for the
waste ink absorber unit through the waste ink
corresponding head.
[7] Suction by dot count
The number of dots of ink discharged
carriage tube by vacuum, and absorbed by
the waste ink absorber unit.
The waste ink level is measured by count-
since the last suction operation is
ing dots. When the specified count is ex-
counted and stored in the RAM on the
ceeded, a warning message indicating a full
engine controller. When this dot count
waste ink absorber unit is shown on the
exceeds the specified value, head clean-
message display, and the printer is stopped
ing operations are conducted after the
after completion of the current printing
completion of printing.
process.
The dot count is cleared to 0 after
each suction operation, and when the BJ
CAUTION
print head is replaced.
• After the waste ink absorber unit is
• One suction operation occurs for the
corresponding head.
replaced, the dot count for the waste
ink absorber unit should always be
cleared in the service mode.
• When replacing the engine controller,
be sure to follow the procedures on
page 5-12, to allow the count stored in
the EEPROM to be renewed.
2–56
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
V. FEEDER UNIT
A. Outline
The paper feed motor (M1) drives the paper feed roller to feed the paper. The existence of
paper is detected by the PE sensor (PS6).
A diagram of the feeder unit is shown below.
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
[1] Paper feed roller
[2] Pinch roller unit
[3] PE sensor (PS6)
[4] Paper feed motor (M1)
Figure 2-501
2–57
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
B. Paper Feed Motor Control
1. Outline
The paper feed motor (M1) is a 2-phase stepping motor. It controls the rotation of the paper
feed roller. The paper feed motor is controlled by the engine controller. Its major functions are
shown below. Figure 2-502 is a block diagram of the paper feed motor control circuit.
[1] Paper feed motor ON/OFF control
[2] Paper feed motor rotation direction control
[3] Paper feed motor rotation speed control
[4] Paper feed motor supply current control
+26V
Engine controller
D/A 0
Vref 1
MTP 1 Current
XMA
MTP 2 control
circuit Vref 2
MTP 3
CPU
MTP 4
Paper
feed
motor
driver
XMAN
XMB
MTP 5
XMBN
MTP 6
MTP 7
M1
Paper feed
motor
Figure 2-502
2. Operation
a. ON/OFF control
The feed motor is switched ON and OFF by the paper feed motor driver control signal (MTP
4 to 7) issued by the CPU to the paper feed motor driver on the engine controller.
When MTP 4 to 7 are "0", the paper feed motor (M1) rotates when the paper feed motor
driver generates the motor drive pulses (XMA, XMAN, XMB, XMBN) from the paper feed
motor drive control signal (MTP 4 to 7) input from the CPU.
When MTP 4 to 7 are "1", no motor drive pulses are generated and the paper feed motor (M1)
stops rotating.
2–58
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
b. Control of rotation direction
The output timing of the motor drive pulses (XMA, XMAN, XMB, XMBN) from the paper
feed motor driver is controlled by the paper feed motor driver control signals (MTP 4 to 7)
output by the CPU to the paper feed motor driver, in order to control the rotation direction of the
paper feed motor (M1).
c. Control of rotation speed
By changing the frequency of the paper feed motor current control signals (MTP 1 to 3)
output by the CPU to the paper feed motor driver and the paper feed motor driver control signals
(MTP 4 to 7), the rotation speed of the paper feed motor (M1) is controlled.
d. Supply current control
By changing the combination of 2 signals (Vref 1, Vref 2) output from the current control
circuit by the paper feed motor drive control signal (D/A 0) output from the CPU, the current
output from the paper feed motor driver to the paper feed motor is set up for stopping, holding,
low speed rotation and high speed rotation. The paper feed motor supply current is changed
according to the rotation condition of the paper feed motor for smooth rotation.
2–59
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
C. Feeding Operation
1. Outline
Paper feeding is classified into three
modes as follows :
3) The carriage is returned to the home
position and the paper width is detected.
4) The carriage is advanced to a position
about 200mm to the left of the home
• Paper loading
position, the paper is fed backward, and
• Paper feeding during printing
the media sensor (PS9) detects the skew
• Paper delivery
of the paper.
By setting paper at the pinch roller and
ON LINE
pushing the up or down arrow key, the paper
Media sensor
(PS9)
feed motor (M1) rotates and sets up the
paper. When data is received and printing is
Approx.30mm
PE sensor (PS6)
started, the paper is fed forward 1 band width
at a time.
Media sensor
(PS9)
2. Loading paper
a. Cut sheet
1) When paper is set at the pinch roller and
PE sensor (PS6)
Figure 2-503
the PE sensor (PS6) detects the paper, the
suction fan turns on to suck the paper onto
5) The paper is fed further backward. When
the platen, preventing the paper from
the paper front end passes by the
lifting away from the platen during print-
carriage's media sensor (PS9) , the car-
ing.
riage stops after a switch-back operation.
2) By pressing the up or down arrow key,
Before the media sensor detects the paper
the carriage advances about 200mm and
front edge, the paper length is determined
adjustes the light of the media sensor
by counting the clock pulses sent to the
(PS9). At the same time, the paper feed
paper feed motor (M1).
motor (M1) is rotated to feed the paper
forward about 30mm and detects whether
the paper is cut sheet or roll media using
Media sensor
(PS9)
the PE sensor (PS6).
Thereafter paper is fed backward and the
media trailing edge sensor (PS6) detects
the rear edge of the paper.
2–60
PE sensor
(PS6)
Figure 2-504
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
b. Roll media
1) When the paper is set and the media
trailing edge sensor detects the paper, the
suction fan operates to suck the paper on
REFERENCE
• Paper length detection is not conducted for roll media.
• After loading the paper, it can be fed
to the platen. This prevents the paper from
back and forth by pressing the up and
lifting away from the platen during print-
down arrow keys.
ing.
• After completion of printing on roll
2) By pressing the upper or down arrow
media, the carriage is moved to detect
key, the carriage is advanced about
the top edge of the paper, to make sure
200mm to adjust the light of the media
the cutting operation was successful.
sensor (PS9). At the same time, the paper
feed motor (M1) is rotated, feeding the
paper forward about 30mm. Whether the
paper is cut sheet or roll media is detected
by the media trailing edge sensor.
3) The carriage is returned to the home
position and the paper width is detected.
4) After the carriage is advanced to a position about 200mm to the left of the home
position, paper is fed backward and the
media sensor (PS9) detects the skew of
the paper.
Thereafter paper is fed backward.
When the paper front edge passes
through the media sensor (PS9), the paper
feeding stops after switch-back operation.
3. Paper feeding during printing
Paper is fed during printing, alternately
with the carriage.
When print data is received, the paper is
fed to the print start position and then the
carriage moves to print 1 band. During the
printing operation, the paper feed motor
(M1) stops.
After printing 1 band, the paper feed
motor rotates and feeds the paper forward for
the next band. While the paper is being fed,
the carriage motor (M2) stops. Then the next
band is printed.
This feeding cycle of stop, rotation and
stop of the paper feed motor (M1) is repeated
unit the final band is printed. When there is
no data to be printed for the next band, the
paper is fed to reach the next position for a
band containing data.
2–61
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
4. Feeding operation
For cut sheets, the paper is fed until the
paper rear edge reaches a position 3mm
behind the pinch roller, after printing is
completed.
When roll media is cut, the paper is fed to
the position to be cut.
When roll media is not cut, the paper is
fed to the position where the next printing
will start.
5. PE sensor
Existence of paper is detected by the PE
sensor (PS6) installed on the lower right side
of the platen.
The sensor is a reflective-type photo
interruptor. It detects the existence of paper
and the rear edge of the paper by the existence of light reflected from the paper.
PE sensor (PS6)
Figure 2-505
2–62
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
VI. FAN
The two fans shown in the figure below function as shown in Table 2-601.
FM2
FM1
Figure 2-601
Symbol
Name
Fan direction
Function
FM1
Suction fan
Suction
Pulls the paper onto the platen to prevent it
from floating up.
FM2
Cooling fan
Suction
Discharges the heat generated by the DC power
supply unit.
Table 2-601
2–63
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
• Suction fan (FM1)
When the PE sensor detects the paper, the fan drive signal (FAN_CONT) changes to "1" and
the suction fan (FM1) runs.
The suction fan continues to run constantly while the paper is being transported during the
printing operation, to prevent the paper from floating away from the platen. However, if the
platen does not carry the media even though the PE sensor detects the media, the suction fan
stops after 60 seconds.
To carry the paper after the suction fan stops, the printer starts the suction fan again and starts
the carriage operation.
• Cooling fan (FM2)
The cooling fan (FM2) runs at the same time as the suction fan (FM1), discharging the air
heated by the DC power supply, to prevent the power supply from overheating. If the cooling
fan rotation signal (FANSTS) is not detected while the cooling fan is running, error code
"E01501" is indicated on the message display.
Engine controller
FM1
-1
J204
-1
+26V
N
F
+
Suction Fan
-2
FM2
Cooling Fan
J5
-1
-2
-2
J206
-1
-2
-3
+5V
+5V
FANSTS
+5V
FAN_CONT
Figure 2-602
2–64
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
VII. POWER SUPPLY
A. Power Supply Outline
Figure 2-701 is a block diagram which shows the power supply system for the printer.
Power switch
SW1
AC100 to 240 V
+5V
+26V
+26V
+26V
+26V
+26V
DC power
supply
+26V
Engine
controller
+5V
+5V
Switch
Paper Feed motor
Carriage motor
Purge motor
Solenoid
Fan motor
Sensors
+5V
+24V
BJ cartridge
+5V
+26V
Carriage
Controller
+5V
+26V
+5V
+5V
Image
controller
+5V
Media
sensor
Linear sensor
Operation
panel
Figure 2-701
2–65
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
B. Power Circuit
1. AC power supply
By plugging in the power cord and turning
C. Power Circuit Protection
On the DC power supply, fuse F1 is
provided on the primary side as a safety
the power switch (SW1) ON, AC power is
measure. On the secondary side, overcurrent
supplied to the DC power supply PCB.
protection and overvoltage protection circuits
are provided.
2. DC power supply
When the power cord is plugged in and
If an overcurrent or overvoltage condition
occurs due to a short circuit in the power
the power switch (SW1) is turned ON, the
line, etc., a protection circuit will actuate to
DC power supply rectifies the supplied AC
stop all the outputs from the DC power
power, decreases the voltage, and smoothes
supply.
and supplies +26.5V±5% and +5.1V±5% DC
power.
The carriage controller decreases the
voltage of the power supplied from the DC
By turning OFF the power switch, waiting
for more than 1 minute, and then turning the
power switch ON again, the protection
circuit is reset and the output is recovered.
power supply from +26V to +24V and supplies power to the BJ cartridge.
DC power of +24V for driving the head
CAUTION
•
Before recovering the output, be
(VH), +5V (HV5) for the HEAT signal, and
sure to remove the cause of the prob-
+5V (R5V) for the rank signal are supplied to
lem in the protective circuit.
the BJ cartridge. The output is controlled by
the engine controller.
•
If the load is short-circuited often,
or short circuit and recovery are
repeated, the fuse incorporated in the
DC power supply may blow.
2–66
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–67
CHAPTER 3
MECHANICAL SYSTEM
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY .......................... 3-1
1. List of Main Parts ......................................... 3-2
2. Outline of disassembly and assembly of
main parts .................................................... 3-3
PRECAUTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY
AND REASSEMBLY .............................................. 3-5
I. EXTERNALS ..................................................... 3-7
A. External Cover ............................................. 3-7
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
B. Operation Panel ........................................... 3-9
C. Fan ............................................................. 3-10
CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 3-13
PURGE UNIT .................................................. 3-21
FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 3-24
DRIVING UNIT ................................................ 3-28
ELECTRICAL PART ........................................ 3-32
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
The disassembly and assembly list for the main parts and the related outlines are shown here.
The outlines give the procedures for removing the main parts from the main unit. However, the
directions for removing the connectors and the disassembly procedures for other parts are
omitted.
For the precautions on disassembly and assembly and detailed information on each procedure,
please refer to page 3-5.
3–1
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
1. List of Main Parts
Disassembly and assembly of :
• operation panel
• right cover
• lower cover
• upper cover
• front cover
• front cover switch
• purge unit
• waste-ink absorber unit
• pinch roller unit
• platen
• PE sensor
• suction fan
• paper feed roller
• paper feed motor
• carriage motor
• carriage unit
• carriage belt
• linear scale
• image controller
• engine controller
• PCB box
• cooling fan
• power switch
• DC power source
• flexible cable
3–2
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
2. Outline of disassembly and assembly of main parts
Main Unit
Left cover (3)
Operation panel
Cover plate (4)
Right cover (3)
Image controller (12)
Engine controller (5)
Right cover
stay plate (4)
Mount plate (5)
Purge unit (3)
Cooling fan (2)
Front cover switch
PCB box (7)
Idler roller
Left frame plate (7)
Carriage motor (4)
Lower cover (6)
Front cover
Upper cover (8)
Idler roller
holder rack (2)
Waste-ink
absorber unit (4)
Power switch section (2)
DC power source (4)
Carriage unit
Paper release lever (2)
Carriage belt
Pinch roller unit
(14 or 8)
Linear scale
Flexible cable cover (4)
Platen (16 or 10)
Noise protection sheet (5)
PE sensor (1)
Paper feed motor
holder (3)
Paper feed roller
Flexible cable
Suction fan (2)
Paper feed motor (4)
* : The figures written in ( ) indicate the numbers of screws or E rings.
3–3
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–4
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
PRECAUTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY AND
REASSEMBLY
1. Do not loosen or remove screws which are not included in the disassembling procedures in
this manual. In particular, never disassemble the points fixed with red screws as shown
below. Readjustment is prohibited since they have been adjusted to the optimum position at
the factory.
Number of red colored screws
A0 size model: 59
A1 size model: 45
Front side
Rear side
Figure 3-001
2. Handle the BJ cartridge with care (See page 1-38).
3. The head and electrode of the BJ Printhead should not be touched.
3–5
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
4. When lifting this machine, be sure that 2 people hold it as shown in Figure 3-003.
Electrode
Head
Figure 3-002
Figure 3-003
5. Before carrying out disassembly or reassembly, be sure to turn OFF the power switch and
disconnect the power cord and interface cable.
6. You should not normally operate the printer with a component removed.
7. Unless a specific reassembly procedure is given, follow the disassembly procedure in reverse.
8. When reassembling, be careful about the types of screws (shape, length and diameter) and
their positions.
9. When moving or disassembling the carriage, be sure to remove the cutter unit.
10. When handling a wiring harness tied with a band, cut off the band if necessary. When
reassembling, be sure to tie the harness with a new band at the same position.
11. Ink mist generated during printing may become attached to the platen or purge unit. Be
careful that your hands and clothes are not stained by the ink.
12. Ink used in this printer is not harmful, but contains organic solvent. Should it enter the eye,
wash it away and consult a doctor.
13. The electronic circuits can be damaged by static electricity from your body. Before removing any circuit board, be sure to first touch a grounded metal part to remove any static charge.
Do not touch the end of the short flexible cable.
14. Before replacing the image controller and the engine controller, be sure to store the data
following the procedure written in the “Chapter 5 II.C.3. Replacing the image controller and
engine controller. (See page 5-11.)
15. After reassembly, be sure to carry out the “Auto Adjust”, “Auto Band-Adj.” of the main
menu.
3–6
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
1. Removing the right cover
I. EXTERNALS
1) Remove the operation panel (See page 3-
A. External Cover
9).
2) Remove 3 screws [1] and take off the
[1]
right cover [2].
[2]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
Figure 3-101
[1] Front cover
[2] Upper cover (8)
[3] Right cover (3)
[4] Lower cover (6)
[5] Left cover (3)
Figure 3-102
2. Removing the upper cover and
front cover
1) Remove the right cover and left cover.
2) Remove 2 screws [1] and take off the
front cover [2].
[1]
Figures in ( ) indicate the numbers of
screws.
The removal procedures are omitted for
those cover which can be removed simply by
removing the screws.
[2]
Figure 3-103
3–7
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3. Removing the lower cover
3) Remove 2 screws [3].
1) Remove the right cover and left cover
[3]
(See page 3-7).
2) Open the front cover and lower the paper
release lever.
3) Remove 6 set screws [1] and take off the
lower cover [2].
[2]
Figure 3-104
4) Remove 4 screws [4] and take off the
[1]
[1]
upper cover [5].
[4]
[1]
[5]
Figure 3-106
CAUTION
After completion of the work, close the
front cover and raise the paper release
Figure 3-105
3–8
lever.
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
4. Removing the front cover switch
B. Operation Panel
1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7).
1. Removing the operation panel
2) Open the front cover.
1) Open the front cover, and holding the
3) Remove 4 screws [1] and take off the
green part, move the carriage to the
right cover stay plate [2].
center.
[1]
2) Unlatch the hooks [1] at 4 positions from
the rear side of the right cover and remove
the operation panel [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
[2]
Figure 3-107
[1]
4) Disconnect connector [3], unlatch 2 hooks
Figure 3-109
[4] and remove the front cover switch [5].
[4]
CAUTION
Three connectors [3] on the operation
panel are connected. Be careful not to
pull on the harnesses too hard.
[3]
[5]
Figure 3-108
3–9
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
C. Fan
3) Remove 3 connectors [3] (CN701,
CN702, CN704) from the operation panel
1. Removing the cooling fan
and take off the operation panel [2].
1) Remove the image controller (See page 332).
[2]
2) Remove the engine controller (See page
[3]
3-33).
3) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7).
4) Open the front cover, and holding the
green part, move the carriage to the
center.
5) Remove 1 screw [1] and peel off the noise
Figure 3-110
CAUTION
protection sheet [2].
[2]
To prevent the heads from drying out,
return the carriage promptly to the
capping position upon completion of the
work and close the front cover.
Figure 3-111
3–10
[1]
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
6) Remove 5 set screws [3] and take off the
mount plate [4].
8) Remove 2 screws [6] and take off the
cooling fan [7].
[3]
[6]
[4]
[7]
Figure 3-114
Figure 3-112
7) Disconnect the connector [5]
CAUTION
• To prevent the heads from drying out,
[5]
return the carriage promptly to the
capping position upon completion of
the work and close the front cover.
• When reassembling the cooling fan,
be sure to place the fan cord side in
upper position to allow the cord to be
reached to the connector.
Figure 3-113
3–11
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
2. Removing the suction fan
1) Remove the PE sensor (See page 3-27).
2) Remove 2 screws [1] and remove the
suction fan cover [2].
[1]
[1]
[2]
Figure 3-115
3) Disconnect the connector [3] and remove
the suction fan [4].
[4]
[3]
Figure 3-116
3–12
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3) Remove the front cover and upper cover
II. CARRIAGE UNIT
(See pate 3-7).
4) Holding the green part, move the carriage
CAUTION
Before disassembling or reassembling
to the center, and remove the BJ
cartridges.
the carriage unit, remove the BJ car-
5) Disconnect 2 connectors [3] (J501, J502)
tridge and cutter unit.
of the flexible cable on the carriage controller and set the cable to the left.
1. Removing the carriage unit
[3]
1) Remove the right cover and left cover
(See page 3-7).
2) Unlatch [1] front left hook, and then the
remaining 3 hooks, and remove the
carriage cover [2].
[2]
Figure 3-202
CAUTION
[1]
[1]
The flexible cables are fixed by a ferrite
core. When removing the flexible
cables, be careful not to damage them.
Figure 3-201
3–13
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
6) Remove the idler roller holder tension
spring [4] and remove the idler roller [5]
8) Remove 7 screws [9] and take off the left
frame plate [10].
and idler roller holder [6].
[4]
[10]
[9]
[9]
[9]
[6]
Figure 3-205
[5]
Figure 3-203
9) Remove the carriage unit [11] from the
left side of the printer.
7) Remove 2 screws [7] and take off the
idler roller holder rack [8].
[11]
[8]
[7]
Figure 3-206
CAUTION
Figure 3-204
When removing the carriage unit, be
careful not to damage or stain the carriage belt and linear scale.
3–14
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
CAUTION
2. Removing the carriage belt
When installing the carriage unit, check
1) Remove the carriage unit (See page 3-13).
that the linear scale passes through the
2) Remove 2 belt stoppers [1] at the back
linear scale sensor. Attach the left frame
side of the carriage using a straight blade
plate so that the cutter release touches
screw driver or the like and remove the
the cutter unit set in the carriage. Be
carriage belt [2].
careful not to get cut by the cutter edge
moving down.
Cutter releasing section
[1]
[1]
[2]
[2]
Left frame plate
Figure 3-207
3–15
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3. Installing the carriage belt
1) Matching the belt stopper [1] and carriage
belt [2], insert the belt stopper into the
CAUTION
hole at the back side of the carriage.
Install the carriage belt so that the belt
2) Pull the carriage belt in the direction
stopper and the carriage belt joint
shown in the figure below and check that
surfaces are as shown in the figure
the belt stopper has been correctly in-
below.
stalled.
NG
OK
NG
[1]
[2]
Figure 3-209
OK
NG
Figure 3-208
3–16
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
4. Removing the linear scale
1) Remove the carriage unit (See page 3-13).
3) Unlatch the hook [2] and remove the
linear scale [3].
2) Remove the tension spring [1] of the
linear scale.
[3]
[1]
[2]
Figure 3-211
Figure 3-210
CAUTION
When removing the linear scale, be
careful not to damage or stain it.
3–17
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
5. Replacing the flexible cable
6) Holding the green part, move the carriage
1) Remove the image controller (See page 3-
to the center and remove 2 connectors [3]
(J501, J502) of the flexible cable on the
32).
2) Remove the engine controller (See page
carriage controller.
3-33).
[3]
3) Remove the right cover and left cover
(See page 3-7).
4) Remove the front cover and upper cover
(See page 3-7).
5) Unlatch the 4 hooks [1] and remove the
carriage cover [2].
Figure 3-213
[2]
CAUTION
The flexible cables are fixed by a ferrite
core. When removing the flexible
[1]
[1]
Figure 3-212
3–18
cables, be careful not to damage them.
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
7) Peel off the fixing sheet [4] of the ferrite
core and remove the ferrite core [5].
9) Remove 5 screws [9] from the noise
protection sheet [8].
[4]
[8]
[5]
[9]
Figure 3-216
Figure 3-214
8) Remove 4 screws [6] and take off the
10) Peel off the flexible cable [10] from the
flexible guide and remove the ferrite core
flexible cable cover [7].
[11].
[6]
[7]
[11]
[10]
Figure 3-215
Figure 3-217
CAUTION
Remove the double-faced tape completely, leaving no residue on the flexible guide.
3–19
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
11) Fold the new flexible cable as shown in
the figure below, and attach double-faced
tape to positions [A].
[A]
Figure 3-218
12) Stick double-faced tape over the flexible
guide and attach the new flexible cable,
aligning the mark [B] with the flexible
guide edge [12].
[B]
[12]
Figure 3-219
3–20
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
III. PURGE UNIT
4) Cap the pipe [2] and the end of the waste
ink tube [2] using the waste ink tube caps
[3].
CAUTION
• Do not touch the wiper or caps.
• Since waste ink accumulates on the
bottom of the purge unit, hold the
sides of the purge unit when removing
it.
• Be careful not to spill the waste ink.
[2]
1. Removing the purge unit
1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7).
[3]
[2]
Figure 3-302
2) Open the front cover, and holding the
green part, move the carriage to the
center.
3) Remove the tube clamp [1] and disconnect the waste ink tube from the pipe [2].
[3]
[1]
[2]
Figure 3-301
3–21
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
5) Disconnect 4 connectors [4] and remove
the wiring harness from the wiring harness
6) Remove 3 screws [5] and take off the
purge unit [6].
guide.
[5]
[6]
[4]
Figure 3-304
[4]
Figure 3-303
3–22
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
2. Removing the waste ink absorber
5) Remove 2 screws [4].
unit
[4]
1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7).
2) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8).
3) Remove the tube clamp [1] and disconnect the waste ink tube from the pipe [2].
[3]
Figure 3-307
6) Remove 2 screws [5] and remove the
waste ink absorber unit [6].
[2]
[1]
Figure 3-305
4) Cap the pipe [2] and the waste ink tube
with the waste ink tube cap [3].
[6]
[5]
Figure 3-308
[2]
[3]
Figure 3-306
[2]
CAUTION
When replacing the waste-ink absorber
unit, be sure to reset the waste-ink counter.
(For details, see "Chapter 5 II.C.2 Waste
ink counter reset" (P. 5-11).)
3–23
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
CAUTION
IV. FEEDER UNIT
• When installing the pinch roller shaft,
be careful about the position.
1. Removing the pinch roller unit
1) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8).
2) Raise the paper release lever [1], remove
the E ring [2] and remove the paper
• Install the pinch roller unit with the
screws [A] of the pinch roller facing
upward (See Figure 3-403).
• When installing the pinch roller unit,
release lever.
tighten the screws in order from the
left one at the back of the main unit
(See Figure 3-404).
[1]
[2]
Figure 3-401
3) Remove screws [5] (A0 size model: 14,
A1 size model: 8), and remove the pinch
roller unit [6].
[5]
[5]
[6]
Figure 3-402
3–24
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
2. Removing the platen
1) Remove the pinch roller unit (See page 324).
2) Remove the front cover and upper cover
(See page 3-7).
3) Remove 2 screw [1] and remove the left
[A]
stay [2].
[1]
[2]
Figure 3-403
[5]
Figure 3-405
4) Remove screws [3] (A0 size model: 16,
A1 size model: 10) and remove the platen
[4].
[3]
Figure 3-404
[4]
Figure 3-406
CAUTION
When removing the platen, be careful
not to damage the carriage belt and
linear scale.
3–25
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3. Installing the platen
< A0 size model >
1) Tighten screw [11] ([7] on the A1 size
Top view of platen
[B]
2) Adjust the platen position so that the
screw hole [1] is aligned with the platen
[14]
[12]
[10]
[8]
[6]
[4]
[2] [16]
[13]
[11]
[9]
[7]
[5]
[3]
[1]
hole and fix screw [1].
3) Fasten the screws from [2] to [14] ([2] to
[15]
[8] on the A1 size model) firmly in order.
4) Loosen screws [1] and [2], and lift up the
[A]
platen once while holding it at positions
< A1 size model >
[A] and [B] (to eliminate warp).
Top view of platen
5) Fix screw [1] .
[B]
7) Fix screw [15] and [16] ([9] and [10] on
the A1 size model).
[8]
[6]
[4]
[2]
[10]
[9]
[7]
[5]
[3]
[1]
Home positon side
6) Fix screw [2].
[A]
Figure 3-407
CAUTION
In order to keep the platen flat, be sure
to install the platen using the sequence
given above.
3–26
Home positon side
model) temporarily.
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
4. Removing the paper feed roller
5. Removing the PE sensor
1) Remove the platen (See page 3-25).
1) Remove the platen (See page 3-25).
2) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8).
2) Remove the screw [1] and disconnect the
3) Remove the paper feed motor (See page
connector [2].
3) Remove the PE sensor [3].
3-29).
4) Remove the paper feed roller [1].
[2]
[3]
[1]
[1]
Figure 3-408
Figure 3-409
3–27
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3) Remove the PCB box (See page 3-34).
V. DRIVING UNIT
4) Remove 4 screws [4] and remove the
1. Removing the carriage motor
carriage motor [5].
1) Remove the right cover and left cover
(See page 3-7).
2) Remove the idler roller holder tension
spring [1], remove the the idler roller [2]
[4]
and idler roller holder [3] and loosen the
[4]
carriage belt.
[5]
[1]
Figure 3-502
CAUTION
When reassembling, face the carriage
[3]
[2]
Figure 3-501
3–28
motor connector upward.
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
2. Removing the paper feed motor
5) Remove 3 screws [2] and remove the
1) Remove the purge unit (See page 3-21).
motor holder [3] from the bearing.
2) Remove the platen (See page 3-25).
3) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8).
6) Disconnect the connector [4], rotate the
paper feed motor unit [5] and remove it.
4) Insert a straight blade screw driver into
the hole on the front side of the cabinet,
[2]
[3]
rotate the paper feed motor and loosen 3
set screws [1].
[5]
[1]
[4]
Figure 3-504
7) Remove 4 screws [6] and remove the
Figure 3-503
paper feed motor [7].
[6]
[7]
Figure 3-505
3–29
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3. Installing the paper feed motor
1) Install the paper feed motor on the motor
side board, pushing down the front of the
paper feed motor in the direction shown in
Figure 3-506, and tighten 3 screws [1].
4. Fastening the paper feed roller set
screws
a. When the marks are aligned between
the set screw positions
1) Match the marks on the paper feed motor
side and paper feed roller side.
[1]
2) Tighten 2 set screws [1] and [2] close to
the marks firmly.
3) Tighten the remaining screw [3] firmly.
paper feed motor side
[1]
Marking
Figure 3-506
[3]
[2]
paper feed roller side
CAUTION
Figure 3-507
In order to keep the platen flat, be sure
to install the paper feed motor as de-
CAUTION
scribed above.
In order to assure paper feeding accuracy, be sure to follow the above sequence.
3–30
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
b. When the marks coincide with the set
screw position
1) Match the marks on the paper feed motor
side and paper feed roller side.
2) Tighten set screw [1] at the mark slightly.
3) Tighten set screws [2] and [3] slightly.
4) Loosen set screw [1].
5) Tighten set screws [2] and [3] firmly.
6) Tighten set screw [1] firmly.
Sectional view of set screw position
[1]
Mark
[3]
[2]
Figure 3-508
CAUTION
In order to assure the paper feeding
accuracy, be sure to observe the above
sequence.
3–31
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
VI. ELECTRICAL PART
2) Remove the connector [3] (CN602) and
remove 12 screws [4].
1. Removing the image controller
3) Remove the image controller [5].
[5]
CAUTION
When replacing the image controller,
see "Chapter 5 II. C. 3. Replacing the
[4]
image controller and engine controller"
[4]
(P. 5-11).)
[3]
1) Remove 4 screws [1] and remove the
[4]
cover plate [2].
Figure 3-602
[2]
[1]
Figure 3-601
3–32
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
2. Removing the engine controller
CAUTION
When replacing the engine controller,
see "Chapter 5 II. C. 3. Replacing the
image controller and engine controller"
(P. 5-11).)
1) Remove the image controller (See page 332).
2) Remove 12 connectors [1] (J201, J202,
J203, J204, J206, J207, J208, J210, J211,
J212, J213, J214) and remove 3 screws
[2].
3) Remove 2 stays [3] and 2 washers [4] and
remove the engine controller [5].
[2]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[1]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[5]
Figure 3-603
3–33
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3. Removing the PCB box
5) Remove 7 screws [5].
1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7).
2) Remove the engine controller (See page
3-33).
3) Remove the screw [1] and remove the
[5]
noise protection sheet [2].
[2]
[5]
[1]
[5]
Figure 3-606
6) Remove the harness [6] and remove the
PCB box [7].
Figure 3-604
[7]
4) Remove 5 screws [3] and remove the
mount plate [4].
[3]
[6]
[4]
Figure 3-607
Figure 3-605
3–34
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
4. Removing the power switch
5. Removing the DC power supply
1) Remove the PCB box (See page 3-34).
1) Remove the power switch.
2) Remove the screw with a crown washer
2) Disconnect the connector and the DC
[1] and the 2 screws [2].
power supply [3] after removing 4 screws
3) Disconnect connector [3] and remove the
[2].
power switch [4].
[2]
[4 ]
[3]
[2]
[3] [1]
[2]
[1]
Figure 3-608
Figure 3-609
3–35
CHAPTER 4
MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
I. PERIODIC PARTS REPLACEMENT ................ 4-1
II. STANDARD SERVICE LIFE OF
CONSUMABLES ............................................... 4-1
III. PERIODIC SERVICE ........................................ 4-1
IV. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................ 4-2
A. Cleaning/Inspection Points .......................... 4-2
B. Lubrication Points ........................................ 4-3
CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
I. Periodic parts replacement
The printer contains no parts which require periodic replacement.
II. Standard service life of consumables
The printer contains no parts which require replacement.
III. Periodic service
The printer contains no parts which require periodic service.
4–1
CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
IV. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
A. Cleaning/Inspection Points
[1]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
Figure 4-401
No.
Parts
Cleaning Tool
Service/caution
[1]
Pinch roller
Plain paper (A1 or A0)
Feed the paper until the stains are removed
from it.
[2]
Platen
Moistened cloth
Clean
[3]
Waste ink absorber unit
[4]
Cover
Moistened cloth
Clean
[5]
Cut groove
Moistened swab
Remove paper chips and dust.
—
Table 4-401
4–2
Check or replace
CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
B. Lubrication Points
[1]
[2]
[2]
Figure 4-402
No.
[1]
Position
Paper feed motor gear
Lubricant
Permalub G2
Remarks
Apply approx. 500mg of grease uniformaly to the tooth
surfaces.
[2]
Grit roller bearing
Permalub G2
Apply approx. 40mg of grease to each bearing surface.
Table 4-402
4–3
CHAPTER 5
TROUBLESHOOTING
I.
SERVICE MODE ............................................... 5-1
A. Outline .......................................................... 5-1
B. Service Mode Operation .............................. 5-1
C. Service Mode Map ....................................... 5-2
D. Service Mode ............................................... 5-3
II. ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS .................... 5-9
A. About Adjustments and Settings .................. 5-9
B. Items for Adjustment and Setting ................. 5-9
C. Adjustment and Setting Procedures ........... 5-10
III. ERROR/WARNING CODES ........................... 5-18
A. Outline ....................................................... 5-18
B. List of Error and Warning Codes ............... 5-18
IV. CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS .. 5-32
V. CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECTS ............ 5-43
A. Initial Inspection ......................................... 5-43
B. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects .. 5-44
VI. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARRANGEMENT/
FUNCTIONS ................................................... 5-53
A. Sensors and Switches ............................... 5-53
B. Motors, Fans, and Solenoids ..................... 5-54
C. Logic boards .............................................. 5-55
D. Engine Controller ....................................... 5-56
E. Image Controller ........................................ 5-57
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
I. SERVICE MODE
1. How to enter the service mode
A. Outline
For the purpose of adjustment in the field,
5 service modes are provided as shown
below.
Mode
DISPLAY
B. Service Mode Operation
1) While pressing the up and down arrow
keys, turn ON the power switch.
2) Confirm the "Initializing" message is
indicated on the message display, then
Description
• Printing service mode settings
release the key.
• When you enter the service mode, the
• Display warning code history
• Display error code history
• Display machine model
• Display machine internal
temperature
• Display compensated temperature
of the head temperature sensor (Bk/
C/M/Y).
• Display the detected paper size.
(Paper feed direction/carriage
direction)
ADJUST
• Adjustment and printing of
confirmation pattern
• Adjustment in paper feed (Paper
feed accuracy compensation value)
FUNCTION
• Operation panel LED/LCD
lighting check
• Operation panel key check
COUNTER
INITIALIZE
green and orange LEDs blink alternately.
3) Press the Online key to show "Main
menu".
4) Press the left or right arrow key to show
"SERVICE MODE", and press the down
arrow key to select.
• "SERVICE MODE" is between "System
Setup" and "Internal Print" on the main
menu.
5) Press the left or right arrow key to display
the mode to be checked or adjusted (see
Table 5-501), then select it with the down
• Waste-ink counter display
arrow key.
• Carriage drive time display
• The name of the mode selected moves to
• Initialization of waste-ink counter
• Initialization of carriage drive time
• Initialization of warning history
and error history
• Transmitting EEPROM data on the
engine controller to the image
controller.
the upper line of the message display.
6) Check or adjust.
2. Stopping the service mode
Turn OFF the power switch.
Table 5-101
5–1
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
C. Service Mode Map
The hierarchy of service mode items is as shown below.
Refer to "D. Service Mode" for details on each item.
The service mode items are displayed in English regardless of which language is selected.
[A]
Main Menu
Print Operation
PRINT PATTERN
Scale
Test Print
System Setup
SERVICE MODE
DISPLAY
PRINT INF
Yes
No
∆
∆
∆
SYSTEM
TYPE:
Ax
TMP:
000.0˚C
H-TMP K1:000.0˚C
H-TMP K2:000.0˚C
H-TMP C: 000.0˚C
H-TMP M: 000.0˚C
H-TMP Y: 000.0˚C
P-SIZE X:0000.00
P-SIZE Y:0000.00
WARNING
01:
:
:
20:
ERROR
01:
:
:
20:
∆
ADJUST
∆
Wxxxxx
∆
X-SCALE
-32
:
0
:
32
∆
FUNCTION
PANEL LED/LCD
PANEL KEY
∆
COUNTER
W-INK:
000000
* Dot count
(indicated value x 10,000)
T-PLOT:
000000
*Carriage drive time
Wxxxxx
INITIALIZE
∆
W-INK:
Exxxxx
∆
000000
* Dot count
(indicated value x 10,000)
T-PLOT:
Exxxxx
000000
*Carriage drive time
[A]
I/C EEPROM
Internal Print
E/C EEPROM
5–2
∆
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
D. Service Mode
1. Control display mode
• Display items: Left or right arrow key
• Select an item: Down arrow key
• Execute an item: Enter key
• Reset the mode: Up arrow key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
D I S P L A Y
P R I N T
I N F
Name of item
Contents
∆
Remarks
PRINT INF
Printing of service-related data
The following are printed.
• Warning history
• Error history
• Adjusting value
• Counter value
SYSTEM
System display
See Table 5-502 (P.5-4).
WARNING
ERROR
Warning code history display
Error code history display
16
The last 20 warning codes are
displayed (smaller history numbers
are newer.)
The last 20 error codes are
displayed (smaller history numbers
are newer).
5–3
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
< "System" details >
Name of item
Contents
Remarks
TYPE
A0/A1 size model
Indicates the engine controller
SW201 setting.
TMP
Internal temperature
Units: °C
H-TMP K1
Compensated temperature of the head temperature sensor
(Bk)
Units: °C
(Proper value: 0±80°C)
H-TMP K2
Unused
H-TMP C
Compensated temperature of head temperature sensor (C)
H-TMP M
Compensated temperature of head temperature sensor (M)
H-TMP Y
Compensated temperature of head temperature sensor (Y)
P-SIZE X
Detected size of set media (paper feed direction)
Units: mm
P-SIZE Y
Detected size of set media (carriage direction)
Units: mm
Table 5-102
5–4
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
2. Adjusting mode
• Display items and change values: Left or right arrow key
• Select an item: Down arrow key
• Registration of values and execution of actions: Enter key
• Reset mode or item: Up arrow key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A D J U S T
P R I N T
P A T T E R N
Name of item
Contents
PRINT PATTERN Adjustments and output of confirmation pattern
X-SCALE
Adjustment in paper feed direction
(Paper feed accuracy compensation
value adjustment pattern)
Value
15
16
∆
Remarks
Scale*
Output of paper feed accuracy
compensation value adjustment
pattern
Test Print
Output of test pattern
-32~32
The magnification in paper feed
direction decreases by decreasing
the value (units: 1 dot).
*: The paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment pattern may not be adjustable, since the pattern
cannot be printed in the paper feed direction if the Auto Layout/Rotation are set. Adjustment is also difficult if
Scale/Y Mirror are set. Therefore, return the settings of "Auto Layout", "Scale", "Rotation", and "Y Mirror" to
their default values. (See P. 5-13.)
5–5
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
3. Operation/inspection mode
• Display an item: Left or right arrow key
• Execute an item: Enter key
• Reset mode or item: Up arrow key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
F U N C T I O N
P A N E L
L E D / L C D
Name of item
Contents
Operation/Remarks
PANEL LED/
LCD
Check LED/LCD on the operation
panel
Indicates as shown below for about 5 seconds.
• LED blinks (2 colors of LED blink alternately).
• LCD character cells blink alternately.
PANEL KEY
Key check on operation panel.
Make sure that "Key Check Mode" is indicated, then
and press each key (excluding the up arrow key) on
the operation panel. The symbols corresponding to
the pressed keys (see Table 5-103) are indicated.
Key
Indication
Online
F1
Enter
F2
Down arrow
↓
Left arrow
←
Right arrow
→
Table 5-103
5–6
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
4. Counter mode
• Indication of items: Left or right arrow key
• Reset the mode: Up arrow key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
C O U N T E R
W - I N K :
Name of item
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
0 0 0 0 0 0
Contents
Remarks
W-INK
Waste ink counter display
Counted dot value ( x 10,000)
T-PLOT
Carriage drive time display
Units: hours
5–7
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5. Initialization mode
• Display items: Left or right arrow key
• Initialization of counter: Down arrow key + Enter key
• Reset the mode: Up arrow key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
I N I T I A L I Z E
W - I N K :
0 0 0 0 0 0
Name of item
Contents
Remarks
W-INK
Initialization of waste ink counter
Set the counter value to 0. (Used
when the waste ink absorber unit is
replaced.)
T-PLOT
Initialization of carriage drive time
Set the carriage drive time value to
0.
I/C EEPROM
Initialization of warning history and error history
Clear the warning history and error
history. During the initializing
process (for about 0.5 seconds), "*"
mark is indicated after the item
name.
E/C EEPROM
Transmitting EEPROM data on the engine controller
to the EEPROM on the image controller.
During the rewriting process (for
about 0.5 seconds), "*" mark is
indicated after the item name.
(Used when replacing the engine
controller. Refer to "Replacing the
engine controller", P.5-12.)
5–8
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
II. ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS
A. About Adjustments and Settings
The message display language (Factory setting: English) can be changed using the operation
panel keys, corresponding to each sales territory.
There are no parts that require mechanical adjustment when assembling them as described in
the service manual.
However, the settings, adjustments, and service described below are required.
1. If the paper thickness adjustment lever is changed, perform the automatic printing position
adjustment.
2. When the parts that may affect printing accuracy (such as those in the carriage or paper
feed section) are disassembled, perform the automatic printing position adjustment and
automatic band adjustment.
3. When replacing the waste ink absorber unit, be sure to clear the waste ink counter.
4. Both the image controller and engine controller cannot be replaced at the same time, or the
stored settings will be lost. Be sure to follow the proper procedures when replacing them.
5. The paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment can be performed to achieve
higher precision printing.
6. If the data reception lamp does not light when data is being transferred, check the parallel
interface communication mode setting. If necessary, switch the setting.
7. The image controller and engine controller can be upgraded by downloading new firmware.
B. Items for Adjustment and Setting
1. Automatic printing position adjustment and automatic band adjustment
2. Waste ink counter reset
3. Image controller and engine controller replacement procedures
4. Paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment method
5. Parallel interface communication mode setting method
6. Image controller and engine controller upgrade procedures
5–9
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
C. Adjustment and Setting Procedures
Some of the adjustments and settings must be carried out after the machine has been booted
up in the specific methods described below.
Mode
Service mode
Operating procedure
Turn on the power while pressing both the Up
arrow and Down arrow keys.
Firmware download mode
Turn on the power while pressing both the Right
arrow and Left arrow keys.
Parallel interface communication select mode
Turn on the power while pressing both the
ONLINE and ENTER keys.
5–10
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Automatic printing position adjustment and automatic band adjustment (Usersettable)
Select and execute the "Auto Adjust" or "Auto Band-adj." from the "Adjustment" menu
within the Main menu. (See P. 1-15.)
2. Waste ink counter reset (for exclusive use in service mode)
Select and execute "W-INK" from the "INITIALIZE" menu of the service mode.
3. Replacing the image controller and engine controller
3.1 Cautions
1) The image controller and engine controller must not be replaced at the same time. The
EEPROM on the engine controller stores data on waste ink amount, carriage driving time
and others. Before replacing the engine controller, the data must be transferred into the
EEPROM of the image controller, and then be automatically updated through internal
communication. Therefore, the two controllers cannot be replaced simultaneously.
2) After replacing the image controller or engine controller, check the firmware version in
the "Information" mode of the "System Setup" menu within the Main menu. If the
version is outdated, it will be necessary to update the firmware to the newest version.
(See P. 5-16.)
3.2 Replacing the image controller
When the image controller is replaced, the user settings set up using the operation panel
are lost. Therefore, if the same settings need to be made after the replacement, execute
the following procedure.
1) Before replacing the controller, print the "Setup List" of the "Internal Print" menu within
the Main menu from the operating panel. (See pages 1-24 to 1-26.)
2) Replace the image controller. (See P. 3-32.)
3) Reset the values in the "Setup List".
5–11
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
3.3 Replacing the engine controller
Before replacing the engine controller, the data such as the waste ink amount, carriage
driving time, and paper feed accuracy compensation value stored in the EEPROM of the
engine controller must be copied into the EEPROM of the image controller, and then be
automatically updated through internal communication.
The procedure is as follows.
1) Access the service mode, and select "INITIALIZE".
2) Display "E/C EEPROM" in the message display.
3) While holding the Down arrow key, press the ENTER key. The engine controller
EEPROM data is copied into the EEPROM of the image controller.
While the data is being transferred, a "*" mark is displayed to the right of the "E/C
EEPROM" display.
4) After the "*" mark has disappeared, turn off the power, and unplug the power cord.
5) Replace the engine controller. (See P. 3-33.)
At this time, be sure to check SW201 (model switch) on the new engine controller.
<Switching of the model>
On the engine controller, the model selection is determined by the jumper (SW201).
* A0 model: No jumper
* A1 model: Jumper installed
6) Run the "Auto Adjust" and "Auto Band Adj." of the "Adjustment" menu within the Main
menu, and check whether the printing is correct.
CAUTION
If the precision of the printing becomes worse after replacing the engine controller, the
replacement procedure may not have been followed correctly, or the EEPROM data may not
have been successfully updated.
In this case, be sure to check that the paper feed accuracy compensation value ("X-SCALE"
of the "ADJUST" menu within the service mode) matches the H/W X value written on the
label attached to the left frame (remove the left cover to see the label).
If they don't match, set the printer to the value written on the label.
If they do match, perform the procedure described in "10. Dimensional accuracy problems"
of "V. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects". (See P. 5-51.)
5–12
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
4. Paper feed accuracy compensation
value adjustment
Media feed accuracy can be adjusted as
5) Measure the length of the printed scale
adjustment pattern in the paper feed direction.
• Specified value: 380±0.5mm
follows.
1) Set up the service mode and select the
"ADJUST" mode.
2) Load a cut sheet larger than A3.
3) Use the left or right arrow key to display
"PRINT PATTERN" and then press the
down arrow key.
4) Make sure that "Scale" is displayed, then
press the ENTER key.
• The scaling adjustment pattern will be
printed.
• While printing, the message is followed
by a "*" mark.
PRINT PATTERN
Scale*
Black
Scale 15inch
Scale 380mm
Figure 5-201
6) If the measured value does not satisfy the
specified value, change the value of "XSCALE" in the ADJUST mode.
• Setting range: -32 to 32
• To change the value: Left and right
arrow keys.
• Value registration: ENTER key
X-SCALE
00*
CAUTION
The paper feed accuracy compensation
value adjustment pattern may not be
adjustable, since the pattern cannot be
printed in the paper feed direction if the
Auto Layout/Rotation are set.
Adjustment is also difficult if Scale/Y
REFERENCE:
• Changing the value by 1 changes the
length of the adjustment in the X axis
direction by 1 dot (about 0.07mm).
• When the value is increased, the line
becomes longer, and by decreasing the
value, the line becomes shorter.
Mirror are set. Therefore, return the
settings of "Auto Layout", "Scale",
"Rotation", and "Y Mirror" to their
default values.
7) Repeat steps 2) through 6) until the
specified value is satisfied.
8) Turn OFF the power switch to leave the
service mode.
5–13
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
CAUTION
When changing the paper feed accuracy compensation value ("X-SCALE" value), be sure to
write the new value in the "H/W X" item on the label attached to the left frame (under the
left cover). At the factory, each printer is adjusted and the value is written on this label.
Figure 5-202 shows the label on the left panel of the printer.
(In this printer, the "H/W Y" and "H/W B" adjustments are not used.)
H/W X
H/W Y
H/W B
Figure 5-202
5–14
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5. Changing the parallel interface
communication mode
With some types of computers which com-
4) Press the ENTER key to confirm the
displayed mode.
• When a "*" mark is displayed after the
municate in the compatible mode, the timing of
name of communication mode, execute
the Busy and Ack signals may need to be
the initial operation and return to the
changed as the communication may not be
normal menu.
done correctly.
In most computers, communication can be
Busy-Ack
A-B (Default)*
carried out normally using the "A-B (Default)"
setting. However, if the data reception indicator on the printer does not light up when data is
Initializing
transferred, the communication mode should be
switched by following the procedure below.
1) Turn OFF the power switch.
2) While pressing both the ONLINE and
ENTER keys, turn ON the power switch
REFERENCE:
Relationship between the Busy and Ack
signals in each communication mode :
• A - B (Default) [Ack-in-Busy]
to display the "Parallel Interface Commu-
Busy
nication select Mode."
Ack
4080ns
• Confirm that "Busy-Ack" is displayed on
the message display and release the keys.
• A - B - A [Ack-while-Busy]
Busy
Busy-Ack
A-B (Default)
Ack
3264ns
3264ns
• B - A [Ack-after-Busy]
3) Press the left or right arrow key to display
Busy
the desired communication mode.
Ack
3264ns
3264ns
• A - B (Fast) [Ack-in-Busy(fast)]
Busy
Ack
1200ns
Figure 5-203
5–15
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
6. Image controller/engine controller
upgrade procedure
Upgrade the image controller and/or
engine controller by downloading the
7) Type the following from the command
prompt (when the computer output port
LPT1 has been selected).
COPY/B file name LPT1:
firmware following the procedure below.
8) Press the RETURN key.
1) Turn OFF the power switches of the
printer and computer.
2) Connect the machine and computer using
a parallel interface cable.
3) While pressing both the right and left
arrow keys, turn ON the power switch of
• Data transmission from the computer to
the printer starts.
• When data reception starts, the data
reception light on the printer lights up.
"Receiving.." is displayed on the message display.
the printer.
• Make sure that "Download Mode.." is
displayed on the message display and
release the keys.
Initializing
Download Mode..
Download Mode
Receiving..
• When the printer identifies the version
of the data being transmitted, it displays
the version as follows on the message
display.
• After initialization is finished, the
following message is displayed and the
a: For both the image controller and
engine controller :
download mode is selected.
Download Mode
[Send File to Pa
[Send File to Parallel Port]
4) Turn ON the power switch of the com-
I:XX.XX E:XX.XX
Receiving..
b. For only the image controller :
I/C
puter.
Ver.XX.XX
Receiving..
5) Insert the disk (containing the new
firmware) into the disk drive.
c. For only the engine controller :
6) Select the name of the drive in which the
disk was inserted.
5–16
E/C
Ver.XX.XX
Receiving..
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
• Upon completion of data reception, one
of the following messages is displayed.
a: For both the image controller and
Download Mode
E/C
Erasing..
engine controller :
I:XX.XX E:XX.XX
[Press Online Ke
Download Mode
E/C
Writing..
[Press Online Key to Write File on Flash]
b: For only the image controller :
I/C XX.XX→XX.XX
[Press Online Ke
[Press Online Key to Write File on Flash]
Download Mode
E/C Verifying..
Download Mode
[Update Complete]
[Update Completed: Turn Power Off!!]
c: For only the engine controller :
CAUTION
E/C XX.XX→XX XX
[Press Online Ke
Do not turn OFF the power switch of the
[Press Online Key to Write File on Flash]
operation as there is a possibility that the
printer or computer during the download
firmware will not start up.
9) Press the ONLINE key
If the power is accidentally switched off
• Data in the flash memory is erased,
at the wrong time, turn on the printer
written and verified. During this
and the computer, and download the
process, the following messages are
firmware again. If the printer cannot be
displayed :
started up, replace the PCB that you
Download Mode
I/C
Erasing..
tried to download the firmware to.
10) Turn OFF the power switch of the
printer.
Download Mode
I/C
Writing..
11) Turn ON the power switch of the printer.
Check the firmware version and whether
the printer operates normally.
Download Mode
I/C Verifying..
5–17
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
III. ERROR/WARNING
CODES
B. List of Error and Warning
Codes
A. Outline
• Error/warning code configuration
This machine has a self-diagnostic
function by means of the engine controller
and image controller. Diagnosis is carried
Numeric
Alphabetic
6thdigit 5thdigit 4thdigit 3rddigit 2nddigit 1stdigit
out as required.
If a problem is detected, a code or symbol
W:Warning
E :Error
Origin
001~099
Details
00~99
and a message indicating the type of problem
Figure 5-301
are indicated on the message display of the
operation panel.
Problems with the printer are classified
into errors and warnings as shown below.
CAUTION
• For the code descriptions, since the
codes enclosed with ( ) are displayed
as messages, the codes themselves are
Error:
A state in which the printer stops
not displayed. However, in the
operating and cannot return to normal
"WARNING" and "ERROR" areas in
operation until the cause of the trouble
the service mode, the last 20 codes,
is removed.
including the codes enclosed with ( ),
are displayed.
Warning:
A state in which the machine does not
stop operating, and can continue without
removing the cause of the problem.
However, the printed image may be
influenced.
5–18
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
• Errors and warning codes
The errors and warning codes are shown below.
Detailed information on the codes (meaning, detecting timing, major causes) are described in
the following pages.
Codes *
Diagnostic part
001xx
Media/feeding system
003xx
Drive system
004xx
BJ Print head system
005xx
Ink tank system
007xx
Purge system
008xx
Cutter system
011xx
Engine controller internal error
012xx
Internal communication system
015xx
Power supply related
021xx
User-adjusted system
051xx
Image controller internal error
052xx
Serial interface communication system
053xx
Parallel interface communication system
060xx
Internal data processing system
061xx
GL command system
062xx
GL2 command system
063xx
RTL command system
064xx
ESC command system
065xx
PJL command system
067xx
TIFF command system
097xx
Direct error code from the image controller
098xx
Direct error code from the engine controller
* The codes above indicate the five right-most digits. In the actual displays, the code "E" (error) or "W" (warning) is added at the left.
5–19
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
1. 001xx (Media/feeding system)
Refer to "CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS" (P. 5-32) for remedies.
Code
Meaning
Detection timing
(W00111)
• PE sensor (PS6) detected
the roll media trailing
edge.
• While loading (roll media
mode)
• While printing (roll
media mode)
• No roll media
• Defective PE sensor (PS6)
• Defective engine controller
E00151
• Media sensor (PS9)
cannot detect the media
leading edge.
• When detecting the media
leading edge
• Media was removed during
operation.
• Media jam
• Defective media
• Defective media sensor (PS9)
• Defective carriage controller
• Defective paper feed motor (M1)
• Defective engine controller
E00152
• PE sensor (PS6) cannot
detect the cut sheet
trailing edge.
• When detecting media
trailing edge
•
•
•
•
•
•
E00153
• Media sensor (PS9)
missed the media.
• At the time of media
sensor compensation
• At the time of media
leading edge detection
• At the time of media
width measurement
• Media was removed during
operation.
• Media jam
• Defective media
• Defective media sensor (PS9)
• Defective carriage controller
• Defective engine controller
E00154
• Carriage cannot move.
• While loading
• While printing (except for
auto cut operation)
• While the carriage is
returning, except for
above cases (except for
cutting operation)
• Media jam
• Improper installation of carriage
belt
• Defective carriage motor (M2)
• Defective linear encoder (PS8)
• Defective linear scale
• Defective carriage controller
• Defective engine controller
E00156
• The PE sensor (PS6)
detected the cut sheet
trailing edge earlier than
the size detected by the
machine.
• While printing
• Media was removed during
operation.
• Defective PE sensor (PS6)
• Defective paper feed motor (M1)
• Defective engine controller
5–20
Major cause
Media jam
Improper loading of media
Defective media
Defective PE sensor (PS6)
Defective paper feed motor (M1)
Defective engine controller
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
Code
Meaning
Detection timing
(W00161)
• Media sensor (PS9)
detected skewed feed of
roll media exceeding the
specified value.
• Media sensor (PS9)
detected skewed feed of
cut sheet media exceeding
the specified value.
• When skewed feeding is
detected.
E00162
• Media sensor (PS9)
cannot detect the right
edge of the media.
• Media sensor (PS9)
cannot detect the left edge
of the media.
• At the time of media
width measurement
• At the time of media
skewed feed detection
E00164
• Defective detection of
media width.
E00165
E00169
Major cause
•
•
•
•
•
Improper loading of media
Defective media
Defective media sensor (PS9)
Defective carriage controller
Defective engine controller
• Media sensor (PS9)
detected media width
below 250mm.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Defective media
Defective media sensor (PS9)
Defective linear encoder (PS8)
Defective linear scale
Defective carriage controller
Defective engine controller
• PE sensor (PS6) detected
a media length less than
80mm.
• While loading in the cut
sheet media mode
• Media was removed during
operation.
• Defective media
• Defective PE sensor (PS6)
• Defective paper feed motor (M1)
• Defective engine controller
• Media sensor (PS9) could
not identify black.
• Media sensor (PS9) could
not identify white.
• At the time of media
sensor compensation
•
•
•
•
Defective media
Defective media sensor (PS9)
Defective carriage controller
Defective engine controller
5–21
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
2. 003xx (Drive system)
Code
Meaning
Detection timing
Major cause
• Improper installation of carriage
belt
• Defective carriage home position
sensor (PS2)
• Defective carriage motor (M2)
• Defective linear encoder (PS8)
• Defective linear scale
• Defective carriage controller
• Defective engine controller
E00311
• Carriage does not operate.
• During initial operation
• During purging operation
• When the carriage is
moving backward for a
reason other than above
(except for cutting
operation)
E00312
• Carriage does not stop at
a normal position.
• When carriage cannot
stop at a normal position.
E00313
• Carriage stops
abnormally.
• When front cover is open,
carriage moves backward
more than 20 mm from
the stop position.
5–22
•
•
•
•
•
Operation mistake
Defective carriage motor (M2)
Defective linear encoder (PS8)
Defective carriage controller
Defective engine controller
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
3. 004xx (BJ Print head system)
Code *1
(E00401) *2
Meaning
Detection timing
• No BJ print head
• During initial operation
• Abnormal head rank
• The front cover was
closed while the BJ
print head was
removed.
• Constant detection
• At the time of BJ print
head replacement
• Abnormal head
temperature control
• Too much time required
for head temperature
adjustment
• Abnormal head
temperature
compensation
• When head temperature
compensation is abnormal.
• Abnormal head
cooling control
• After abnormal BJ print
head temperature is
detected, the print head
has not cooled to the
temperature controllable
even after operation has
stopped for 40 seconds.
(W00402) *3
(W00403) *3
(W00404) *3
(E00451) *4
(E00452) *4
(E00453) *4
Major cause
• There is no BJ print head.
• Improper installation of BJ print
head
• Defective BJ print head
• Defective flexible cable inside
the carriage unit
• Defective carriage controller
• Defective engine controller
(E00454) *4
(E00461) *4
(E00462) *4
(E00463) *4
(E00464) *4
(E00471) *4
(E00472) *4
• Defective BJ print head
• Defective flexible cable inside
the carriage unit
• Defective media sensor (Internal
temperature detection function)
• Defective carriage controller
• Defective engine controller
(E00473) *4
(E00474) *4
(E00481) *4
(E00482) *4
(E00483) *4
(E00484) *4
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
Last digit of the code represents ink color. (1=BK, 2=C, 3=M, 4=Y)
When an error occurs, an applicable print head is displayed as [ _ ] (blinking) on the message display.
When an error occurs, an applicable print head is displayed as [ _ ] on the message display.
When an error occurs, an applicable print head is displayed as [ ? ] on the message display.
5–23
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
4. 005xx (Ink tank system)
Code *
Meaning
(E00501)
• The ink tank sensor (PS4)
cannot detect the ink tank
(no ink tank).
• At the time of the home
position detection
•
•
•
•
• Remaining ink level
count reached the specified value for no ink
• After suction
• After completion of
printing
• No ink
• Defective remaining ink level
sensor (PS3)
• Defective engine controller
• Remaining ink count
detected no ink in the ink
chamber.
• After suction
• After completion of
printing operation
• No ink in the ink chamber
• Defective remaining ink level
sensor (PS3)
• Defective engine controller
(E00502)
Detection timing
(E00503)
Major cause
No ink tank
Improper installation of ink tank
Defective ink tank
Defective ink tank detection
sensor (PS4)
• Defective engine controller
(E00504)
(E00511)
(W00512)
(W00513)
(W00514)
(W00521)
(W00522)
(W00523)
(W00524)
* First digit of the code represents ink color. (1=BK, 2=C, 3=M, 4=Y)
5. 007xx (Purge system)
Code
Meaning
Detection timing
E00701
• Pump position cannot be
detected.
• Purge unit does not return
to the pump position even
though the purge unit
pump position detection
operation was repeated 3
times.
• Defective pump position sensor
(PS1)
• Defective purge motor (M3)
• Defective engine controller
E00711
• Waste ink counter
reached the specified
value for full waste ink
absorber unit.
• After suction
• Full waste ink absorber unit
• Waste ink counter was cleared in
the service mode.
• Defective engine controller
(W00721)
• Waste ink counter
reached the specified
value for approximately
full.
5–24
Major cause
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
6. 008xx (Cutter system)
Code
Meaning
Detection timing
Major cause
E00801
• Media could not be cut.
• While detecting the
media leading edge after
being cut.
•
•
•
•
•
•
No cutter
Improper installation of cutter
Defective cutter
Improper media sensor (PS9)
Defective carriage controller
Defective engine controller
E00811
• Carriage cannot operate.
• While cutting
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Cutter jam
Defective cutter
Defective carriage motor (M2)
Defective linear sensor (PS8)
Defective linear scale
Defective carriage controller
Defective engine controller
E00841
• Carriage stops
abnormally.
• When the front cover is
open, carriage moved
forward more than 20mm
from the stop position
unexpectedly.
•
•
•
•
•
Operation mistake
Defective carriage motor (M2)
Defective linear encoder (PS8)
Defective carriage controller
Defective engine controller
7. 011xx (Engine controller)
Code
Meaning
E01102
• Failed initialization of
EEPROM
• Failed reading from
EEPROM
• Failed writing to
EEPROM
E01135
• EEPROM checksum
error
• EEPROM data damage
Detection timing
• Constant
Major cause
• Defective engine controller
5–25
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
8. 012xx (Internal communication system)
Code
E01219
Meaning
• Abnormal communication between engine
controller and image
controller
Detection timing
• Constant
Major cause
• Defective engine controller
• Defective image controller
9. 015xx (Power supply related)
Code
Meaning
Detection timing
E01501
• Cooling fan (FM2) is not
rotating.
• Fan rotation signal
(FANSTS) cannot be
detected while the cooling
fan (FM2) is rotating
Major cause
• Defective cooling fan (FM2)
• Defective engine controller
10. 021xx (User-adjusted system)
Code
Meaning
E02101
• Abnormal compensation
value of media sensor
(PS9)
E02102
• Abnormal adjustment
value
E02103
• Media too small
5–26
Detection timing
Major cause
• During media sensor
compensation when
adjustment menu is being
executed
• Defective media sensor (PS9)
• Defective carriage controller
• Defective engine controller
• During loading while
automatic adjustment is
being executed
•
•
•
•
•
Improper media size
Defective PE sensor (PS6)
Defective media sensor (PS9)
Defective carriage controller
Defective engine controller
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
11. 051xx (Image controller)
Code
Meaning
E05102
• No EEPROM
• Error writing to
EEPROM
E05105
• No on board DRAM
• Abnormal onboard
DRAM
E05106
• Abnormal added Memory
Detection timing
• Constant
Major cause
• Defective DRAM
• Defective added memory
• Defective image controller
12. 052xx (Serial interface communication system)
Code
Meaning
E05211
• I/F buffer overflow
E05221
• Overrun
E05222
• Framing error
E05223
• Parity error
Detection timing
• While data is being
received
Major cause
• Improper communication setting
with the computer
• Defective image controller
13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication system)
Code
E05311
Meaning
• I/F buffer overflow
Detection timing
• While data is being
received
Major cause
• Improper communication setting
with the computer
• Defective image controller
5–27
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
14. 060xx (Internal data processing system)
Code
Meaning
W06011
• Data missing due to
insufficient memory
W06012
• Missing data while
analyzing TIFF data
W06013
W06021
Detection timing
Major cause
• While data is being
analyzed
• Insufficient memory
• Defective setting of parallel
interface communication mode
• Defective image controller
• Data missing due to
insufficient memory
(When being copied,
second pages onwards)
• While data is being
analyzed
• Insufficient memory
• Print data exceeds the
printable area of the paper
set up.
• While data is being
analyzed
• Defective communication data
from computer
• Improper setting for parallel
interface communication mode
• Defective image controller
W06031
• Image data could not be
rotated.
• While data is being
analyzed
• Insufficient memory
• Defective image controller
(W06041)
• Printing in monochrome
mode since there are no
color BJ print head/print
heads (Y, M and C).
• Immediately before
printing
• No color BJ print head/s (Y, M
and C)
• Improper installation of BJ print
head
• Defective BJ print head
• Defective flexible cable inside
the carriage unit
• Defective carriage controller
• Defective engine controller
W06022
W06023
5–28
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
15. 061xx (GL command system)
Code
Meaning
W06100
• Unsupported command
W06111
• Incorrect number of
parameters
W06120
• Necessary parameters in
the command are omitted.
W06121
• Incorrect data range
Detection timing
• While data is being
analyzed
Major cause
• Incorrect data from computer
• Defective image controller
16. 062xx (GL2 command system)
Code
Meaning
W06200
• Unsupported command
W06211
• Incorrect number of
parameters
W06220
• Necessary parameters in
the command are omitted.
W06221
• Incorrect data range
Detection timing
• While data is being
analyzed
Major cause
• Improper communication data
from computer
• Defective image controller
17. 063xx (RTL command system)
Code
Meaning
W06300
• Unsupported command
W06301
• Invalid data other than
null or FF (HEX) continued for more than 20
bytes.
W06311
• Incorrect number of
parameters
W06320
• Necessary parameters in
the command are omitted.
W06321
• Incorrect data range
Detection timing
• While data is being
analyzed
Major cause
• Improper communication data
from computer
• Defective image controller
5–29
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
18. 064xx (ESC command system)
Code
Meaning
W06400
• Unsupported command
W06411
Incorrect number of
parameters
W06420
•
W06421
• Incorrect data range
Detection timing
• While data is being
analyzed.
Major cause
• Improper communication data
from computer
• Defective image controller
Necessary parameters in
the command are omitted.
19. 065xx (PJL command system)
Code
Meaning
W06500
• Unsupported command
W06511
• Incorrect number of
parameters
W06520
• Necessary parameters in
the command are omitted.
W06521
• Incorrect data range
Detection timing
• While data is being
analyzed.
Major cause
• Improper communication data
from computer
• Defective image controller
20. 067xx (TIFF command system)
Code
Meaning
W06700
• Unsupported command
W06721
• Improper parameter range
W06760
• Unsupported parameter
W06761
• Unsupported compression
was designated.
W06762
• Unsupported color was
designated.
5–30
Detection timing
• While data is being
analyzed
Major cause
• Improper communication data
from computer
• Defective image controller
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image controller)
Code
Meaning
E097xx*
• Undefined error on image
controller
Detection timing
• Constant
Major cause
• Defective image controller
* The last 2 digits of the code are hexadecimal.
22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine controller)
Code
E098xx*
Meaning
• Undefined error on
engine controller
Detection timing
• Constant
Major cause
• Defective engine controller
* The last 2 digits of the code are hexadecimal.
23. 099xx (Others)
Code
E09999
Meaning
• Unexpected error
Detection timing
• When error occurs
Major cause
• Defective firmware
5–31
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
IV. CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS
1. 001xx (Media/feeding system)
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Result
Remedy
Media jam
1
Has media jam occurred?
YES
Remove media jam.
Incorrect media
setting
2
Is the media loaded properly?
NO
Instruct the user to load the media
correctly according to the specified
media loading procedure.
Incorrect media
3
Are the type and size of the media
proper?
NO
Instruct the user to use recommended media.
4
Is "E00154" indicated on the
message display?
YES
Refer to "Table 2. 003xx (Drive
system)" (P.5-33).
5
Is the media fed properly?
NO
Refer to "Media is not fed" (P.5-42).
6
Does the major cause lie in the PE
sensor (PS6)?
YES
Proceed to step 7.
NO
Proceed to step 8.
YES
Completed.
NO
Check the wiring from the sensor to
the engine controller. If correct,
replace the engine controller.
YES
Completed.
NO
Check the wiring from the sensor to
the carriage controller and from the
carriage controller to the engine
controller. If correct, replace the
engine controller.
PE sensor (PS6)
7
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the PE sensor?
Engine controller
Media sensor (PS9)
Carriage controller
Engine controller
5–32
8
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the carriage unit?
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
2. 003xx (Drive system)
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Foreign substance on
rail
1
Can the carriage be moved
smoothly by hand?
NO
Check for foreign substance, or
some part in contact with the rail
surface.
Carriage belt
2
Is the carriage belt correctly installed?
NO
Reinstall correctly.
Carriage home
position sensor
3
Move the carriage onto the platen
and turn ON the power switch.
Does the carriage move to the home
position?
YES
Check the wiring for the carriage
home position sensor (PS2). If
correct, replace the purge unit.
Carriage motor (M2)
4
Turn OFF the power switch and
unplug the power cord from the
outlet. Disconnect connector J201
on the engine controller.
Set the tester range to x10 and
connect the leads of the tester to the
harness terminals on the motor side
as shown in the table below. Are
the resistance values correct?
NO
Replace the motor.
+
-
Resistance value
J201-3
J201-4
Approx. 4.8Ω
J201-5
J201-6
Approx. 4.8Ω
J201-1
J201-3
Approx. 2.4Ω
J201-1
J201-4
Approx. 2.4Ω
J201-2
J201-5
Approx. 2.4Ω
J201-2
J201-6
Approx. 2.4Ω
Result
Remedy
Linear scale
5
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the linear scale?
YES
Completed.
Linear encoder (PS8)
6
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the carriage unit?
YES
Completed.
NO
Check the wiring from the carriage
controller to the engine controller.
If correct, replace the engine
controller.
Carriage controller
Engine controller
5–33
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
3. 004xx (BJ Print head system)
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Result
Remedy
BJ print head installation problem
1
Is the BJ print head properly
installed?
NO
Install the BJ print head correctly.
BJ print head
2
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the BJ print head?
YES
Completed.
Flexible cable
3
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the carriage unit?
YES
Completed.
NO
Check the wiring from the carriage
controller to the engine controller.
If correct, replace the engine
controller.
Result
Remedy
Thermistor (TH1)
Carriage controller
Engine controller
4. 005xx (Ink tank system)
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Ink tank installation
problem
1
Is the ink tank installed correctly?
NO
Install the ink tank correctly.
Ink tank
2
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the ink tank?
YES
Completed.
Remaining ink sensor
(PS3)
Ink tank sensor (PS4)
3
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the purge unit?
YES
Completed.
NO
Check the wiring from each sensor
of the purge unit to the engine
controller. If correct, replace the
engine controller.
Engine controller
5–34
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5. 007xx (Purge unit)
a. E00701
Problem/Unit
Step
Pump home position
sensor (PS1)
1
Check item
Does the purge motor (M3) rotate
when the power switch is turned
ON?
Turn OFF the power switch and
unplug the power cord.
Remove connector J202 on the
engine controller.
Set the tester range to x10 and
connect the leads of the tester to the
harness terminals on the motor side
as shown in the table below. Are
the resistance values correct?
Purge motor (M3)
Engine controller
+
-
Resistance value
J202-1
J202-2
Approx. 44Ω
J202-3
J202-4
Approx. 44Ω
J202-1
J202-5
Approx. 22Ω
J202-2
J202-5
Approx. 22Ω
J202-3
J202-6
Approx. 22Ω
J202-4
J202-6
Approx. 22Ω
Result
Remedy
NO
Check the wiring from the sensor to
the engine controller and the wiring
from the purge motor to the engine
controller. If correct, replace the
purge unit.
YES
Replace the engine controller.
b. E00711/W00721
Problem/Unit
Full waste ink
absorber unit
Service mode
Engine controller
Step
1
2
Check item
Is the waste ink absorber unit full?
(Visual check)
Was the waste ink counter cleared
(Service mode "CLEAR") after
replacing the waste ink absorber
unit?
Result
YES
Remedy
NO
Replace the waste ink absorber
unit.
Clear the waste ink absorber unit
counter in the service mode
"CLEAR".
YES
Replace the engine controller.
5–35
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
6. 008xx (Cutter system)
a. E00801
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Result
Remedy
1
Is the code "001xx (Media/feeder
system)" displayed when new
media is loaded?
YES
Refer to step 7 onwards of Table 1.
001xx (Media/feeder system)
(P.5-32).
Foreign substance in
the cut groove
2
Are there any foreign substances in
the cut groove?
YES
Clean the groove.
Cutter installation
problem
3
Is the cutter properly installed?
YES
Install the cutter properly.
Defective cutter
4
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the cutter?
YES
Completed.
NO
Replace the engine controller.
Engine controller
b. E00811/E00841
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Result
1
Is the code "003xx (Drive system)"
displayed when the power switch is
turned ON?
YES
Refer to Table 2. 003xx (Drive
system) (P.5-33).
Foreign substance in
the cut groove
2
Are there any foreign substances in
the cut groove?
YES
Clean the groove.
Defective cutter
3
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the cutter?
YES
Completed.
NO
Replace the engine controller.
Engine controller
Remedy
7. 011xx (Engine controller)
Problem/Unit
Malfunction
Engine controller
5–36
Step
1
Check item
Is the trouble corrected by turning
the power switch OFF and ON?
Result
Remedy
YES
Completed.
NO
Replace the engine controller.
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
8. 012xx (Internal communication system)
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Result
Remedy
Malfunction
1
Is the trouble corrected by turning
the power switch OFF and ON?
YES
Completed.
Engine controller
2
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the engine controller?
YES
Completed.
NO
Replace the image controller.
Image controller
9. 015xx (Power supply related)
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Disconnected power
connector
1
Is the power connector attached?
NO
Connect the connectors.
Defective cooling fan
(FM2)
2
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the cooling fan?
YES
Completed.
NO
Check the wiring from the fan to
the engine controller. If correct,
replace the engine controller.
Engine controller
Result
Remedy
10. 021xx (User-adjusted system)
Problem/Unit
Incorrect media
Check item
Step
1
Result
Remedy
Are the media type and size
correct?
NO
Instruct the user to use the recommended media.
When loading the cut sheet media
(normal menu), is the code "001xx
(Media/feeder system)" displayed?
YES
Refer to step 6 onwards of Table 1.
001xx (Media/feeder system) (P.5-32).
NO
Replace the engine controller.
Engine controller
11. 051xx (Image controller)
Problem/Unit
Malfunction
Image controller
Step
1
Check item
Is the trouble corrected by turning
the power switch OFF and ON?
Result
Remedy
YES
Completed.
NO
Replace the image controller.
5–37
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
12. 052xx (Serial interface communication system)
13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication system)
Problem/Unit
Step
Improper printercomputer communication setting
1
Check item
Is the printer-computer communication setting proper?
Image controller
Result
Remedy
NO
Set the communication mode
properly.
YES
Replace the image controller.
14. 060xx (Internal data processing system)
a. W6041
Problem/Unit
Step
Missing color
BJ print heads (Y,M
and C)
1
Check item
Are all 3 color BJ print heads (Y,
M and C) installed?
Result
Remedy
NO
Install each color BJ print head.
YES
Refer to Table 3. 004xx (BJ print
head system) (P.5-34).
b. Others
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Result
Remedy
Data transmission
problem
1
Does the same phenomenon occur
with other data transfers?
NO
Explain to the user that the trouble
is in the data transfer.
Insufficient memory
2
Has the transmission data exceeded
the memory capacity of the printer?
YES
Instruct the user to add memory.
Incorrect setting of
parallel interface
communication mode
Does the same phenomenon occur
using the serial interface?
NO
3
Change the parallel interface
communication mode.
YES
Replace the image controller.
Image controller
5–38
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
15. 061xx (GL command system)
16. 062xx (GL2 command system)
17. 063xx (RTL command system)
18. 064xx (ESC command system)
19. 065xx (PJL command system)
20. 067xx (TIFF command system)
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Result
Remedy
Data transmission
problem
1
Does the same phenomenon occur
with other data transfers?
NO
Explain to the user that the trouble
is in the data transfer.
Improper printercomputer communication setting
2
Is the printer-computer communication setting proper?
NO
Set the communication mode
properly.
YES
Replace the image controller.
Image controller
21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image controller)
Problem/Unit
Malfunction
Step
Check item
Result
1
Is the error corrected by turning the
power switch OFF and ON?
YES
Completed.
NO
Replace the image controller.
Image controller
Remedy
22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine controller)
Problem/Unit
Malfunction
Step
Check item
Result
1
Is the error corrected by turning the
power switch OFF and ON?
YES
Completed.
NO
Replace the engine controller.
Engine controller
Remedy
23. 099xx (Others)
Problem/Unit
Defective firmware
Step
1
Check item
—
Remedy
Turn the power swith OFF and ON.
5–39
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
24. No power
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Result
Remedy
Unplugged power
source
1
Is the power cord properly connected to the receptacle on the
printer and the outlet?
NO
Connect the power cord correctly to
the printer and outlet.
Power source failure
2
Is the proper voltage available at
the outlet?
NO
Explain to the customer that the
trouble is not related to the printer.
Operation panel
3
Does the carriage work when the
power switch is turned ON?
YES
Check the wiring from the image
controller to the operation panel. If
correct, replace the operation panel.
Disconnected
connector
4
Are connectors J101 and J102 on
the DC power unit correctly
connected?
NO
Connect the connectors properly.
Blown fuse
5
Is the fuse (F1) on the DC power
unit blown?
YES
Remove the cause of the blown
fuse and replace the DC power
supply.
Power switch (SW1)
6
Turn OFF the power switch and
unplug the power cord. When
applying the leads of the tester to
the terminals 2 and 3, (then 5 and
6) of the power switch, and turning
the power switch ON, is continuity
indicated?
NO
Replace the power switch.
DC power supply
unit
7
Remove connector J210 on the
engine controller. Set the tester
range to 30VDC. With the power
switch ON and the tester leads on
the harness terminals on the DC
power supply side as shown in the
table below, are the voltages
normal?
NO
Check the wiring from the DC
power supply to the engine controller. If correct, replace the DC
power supply.
YES
Completed.
NO
Replace the image controller.
Engine controller
Image controller
5–40
8
+
-
Voltage
J210-1
J210-3
+26V
J210-2
J210-4
+26V
J210-5
J210-6
+5V
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the engine controller?
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
25. Nothing is indicated on the operation panel
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Result
Disconnected
connector
1
Are the connectors on the operation
panel and image controller connected correctly?
NO
Connect the connectors properly.
Operation panel
2
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the operation panel?
YES
Completed.
NO
Check the wiring from the operation panel to the image controller.
If correct, replace the image
controller.
Image controller
Remedy
26. Opening and closing of front cover is not detected
Problem/Unit
Front cover switch
(SW2)
Step
Check item
Result
1
Disconnect the relay connector (J8)
of the front cover switch (SW2). Is
there continuity when connecting
the tester leads rod to the connectors on the switch side and closing
the front cover?
NO
Replace the switch.
YES
Replace the engine controller.
Engine controller
Remedy
27. Wiper solenoid does not working
Problem/Unit
Step
Wiper solenoid (SL1)
1
Engine controller
Check item
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the purge unit?
Result
Remedy
YES
Completed.
NO
Check the wiring from the solenoid
to the engine controller. If correct,
replace the engine controller.
5–41
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
28. Media is not fed
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Result
Loose set screw
1
Are the set screws fixing the paper
feed roller tightened firmly?
NO
Tighten the paper feed roller with
set screws.
Paper feed motor (M1)
2
Turn OFF the power switch and
unplug the power cord. Remove
connector J203 on the engine
controller. Set the tester range to
x10.
Are the resistance values normal
when the tester leads are connected
to the harness terminals on the motor
side as shown in the table below?
NO
Replace the paper feed motor.
YES
Check the wiring from the motor to
the engine controller. If normal,
replace the engine controller.
Result
Remedy
Engine controller
+
-
Remedy
Resistance value
J203-3
J203-4 Approx. 6.8Ω
J203-5
J203-6 Approx. 6.8Ω
J203-1
J203-3 Approx. 3.4Ω
J203-1
J203-4 Approx. 3.4Ω
J203-2
J203-5 Approx. 3.4Ω
J203-2
J203-6 Approx. 3.4Ω
29. Suction fan does not rotate
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
1
Does the cooling fan (FM2) rotate
when media is loaded?
YES
Go to step 3.
PE sensor (PS6)
2
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the PE sensor (PS6)?
YES
Completed.
Suction fan (FM1)
3
Is the trouble corrected by replacing the suction fan?
YES
Completed.
NO
Check the wiring from the fan to
the engine controller. If correct,
replace the engine controller.
Engine controller
5–42
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
V. CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECTS
A. Initial Inspection
The causes of poor images can be loosely classified into the following four cases :
• Installation environment
• Type or condition of media
• BJ cartridge
• Main unit problem
Check the installation environment, media and other conditions in the initial inspection.
1. Installation environment
Check that the installation environment standards are met.
2. Media check
Be sure to check the media condition for the following items :
• Recommended media
• Proper media storage environment
5–43
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
B. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects
1. Non-ejection of ink
Normal
Abnormal
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Result
Remedy
No ink
1
Is there ink in the ink tank chamber of the
applicable color?
NO
Replace the ink tank of that
color.
(When the ink becomes faint
or no ink is ejected, an empty
ink tank is usually the cause.)
Clogged nozzles
Foreign substance stuck
to the head
2
Carry out the [Head Cleaning] for the
applicable color.
Is the nozzle check pattern of that color
normal when printing using the "Nozzle
Check" in the [Internal Print] menu?
NO
If the problem persists after
corrective steps have been
attempted 3 times, check the
following.
Defective head
3
Is the problem remedied by replacing the YES
BJ print head of that color and executing
the following process?
NO
• Load the recommended type of media
larger than A3 (plain paper or coated
paper) and execute the "Auto Adjust" in
the [Adjustment] menu.
Foreign substance stuck
to the wiper
5–44
Completed.
Replace the wiper (Cleaner
blade).
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
2. Vertical misalignment 1
Normal
Problem/Unit
Step
Abnormal
Check item
Result
Remedy
BJ print head
installation problem
1
Is it corrected by reinstalling the BJ print YES
head of the applicable color and doing the
following?
• Load the recommended type of media
(plain paper or coated paper) larger
than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust"
in the [Adjustment] menu
Completed.
Defective head
2
Is it corrected by replacing the BJ print
head of that color and doing the following?
• Load the recommended type of media
(plain paper or coated paper) larger
than A3 and doing the "Auto Adjust"
in the [Adjustment] menu.
Completed.
YES
5–45
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
3. Vertical misalignment 2
Normal
Problem/Unit
Abnormal
Step
Check item
Result
Printing position
adjustment problem
1
Is it corrected by loading the recommended type of media (plain paper or
coated paper) larger than A3 and executing the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu?
YES
Completed.
Paper thickness
adjustment problem
2
Is the paper thickness adjustment lever in
the proper position?
NO
Set the paper thickness
adjustment lever position
properly and carry out the
following.
• Load the recommended type
of media (plain paper or
coated paper) larger than A3
and execute the "Auto
Adjust" in the [Adjustment]
menu.
Check the print mode.
Is it in "Draft" mode?
YES
Set the [Print Mode] menu to
other than "Draft".
Print mode
5–46
Remedy
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
4. Low resolution
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Result
Clogged nozzle, foreign
substance stuck to the
head
1
Execute the [Head Cleaning] for the
applicable color.
Is the nozzle check pattern of that color
proper when printing the "Nozzle Check"
in the [Internal Print] menu?
NO
If the problem persists after
corrective steps have been
attempted 3 times, check the
next step.
Defective head
2
Is it corrected by replacing the BJ print
head of that color and carrying out the
following?
• Load the recommended type of media
(plain paper or coated paper) larger
than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust"
in the [Adjustment] menu?
YES
Completed.
Remedy
5. Dislocation of dots of different colors
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Result
Foreign substance stuck
to the head
1
Execute [Head Cleaning] for that color.
Is the nozzle check pattern of that color
proper when printing the "Nozzle Check"
in the [Internal Print] menu?
NO
Printing position
adjustment problem
2
Is it corrected by loading the recomYES
mended type of paper (plain paper or
coated paper) larger than A3 and executing the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment]
menu?
Completed.
Defective head
3
Is it corrected by replacing the BJ print
head of that color and executing the
following?
• Load the recommended type of media
(plain paper or coated paper) larger
than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust"
in the [Adjustment] menu.
YES
Completed.
NO
Replace the carriage unit and
do the following.
• Load the recommended
type of media (plain paper
or coated paper) larger than
A3 and execute "Auto
Adjust" of [Adjustment]
menu.
Defective media sensor
(PS9) on the carriage
unit
Remedy
If the problem persists after
corrective steps have been
attempted 3 times, check the
next step.
5–47
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
6. Dot misalignment
Normal
Abnormal
Remedy
Problem/Unit
Step
Foreign substance stuck
to the head
1
Execute [Head Cleaning] for that color.
Is the nozzle check pattern of that color
proper when the "Nozzle Check" in the
[Internal Print] menu is printed?
NO
If the problem persists after
corrective steps have been
attempted 3 times, check the
next step.
Defective head
2
Is it corrected by replacing the BJ print
head of that color and executing the
following?
• Load the recommended type of media
(plain paper or coat paper) larger than
A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust" in
the [Adjustment] menu.
YES
Completed.
NO
Replace the wiper (cleaner
blade).
Foreign substance stuck
to wiper (cleaner blade)
5–48
Check item
Result
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
7. Lines (Carriage direction)
Normal
Abnormal
Normal
Abnormal
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Result
Remedy
Main menu settings
1
Is the "Band Joint" selected in "Feed
Priority" in the [System Setup] menu?
NO
If the problem persists after setting
"Band Joint", check the following.
Clogged nozzles
Foreign substance stuck
to the head
2
Carry out the [Head Cleaning] for the
applicable color.
Is the nozzle check pattern of that color
normal when printing using the "Nozzle
Check" in the [Internal Print] menu?
NO
If the problem persists after
this step has been attempted 3
times, check the following.
Improper paper feed rate
adjustment
3
Load the recommended type of media
larger than A3 (plain paper or coated
paper) and execute the "Auto Band-Adj"
in the [Adjustment] menu.
YES
Completed.
Defective head
4
Is the problem remedied by replacing the
BJ print head of that color and executing
the following?
• Load the recommended type of media
larger than A3 (plain paper or coated
paper) and execute the "Auto BandAdj" in the [Adjustment] menu.
YES
Completed.
5–49
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
8. White lines (Paper feed direction)
Normal
Problem/Unit
Linear scale
Engine controller
5–50
Abnormal
Step
Check item
Result
1
Is it corrected by replacing the linear
scale and executing the following?
• Load the recommended type of media
(plain paper or coated paper) larger
than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust"
in the [Adjustment] menu.
YES
Completed.
NO
Replace the engine controller.
Remedy
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
9. Bleeding
DENSITY 1
DENSITY 1
Normal
Problem/Unit
Abnormal
Step
Check item
Result
Remedy
Media smudges easily.
1
Is the recommended type of media being
used?
NO
Use the recommended type of
media (coated paper or other
smudge resistant paper).
Printable side reversed.
2
Is the printable side of the media facing
up?
NO
Explain to the user to use the
media with the printable side
facing up.
Print mode
3
Check the print mode.
Is it in "Draft" mode?
YES
Set the [Print Mode] to other
than "Draft".
10. Dimensional accuracy problems
Problem/Unit
Step
Check item
Result
Remedy
Expansion/contraction
of media
1
Is it corrected by using the media after
placing the media under the machine
operating environment for some time?
YES
Explain to the user to use the
media only after placing it
under the machine operating
environment for some time.
Paper feed accuracy
compensation value
2
Confirm with the paper feed accuracy
compensation value adjustment pattern.
NO
Adjust the paper feed accuracy compensation value.
(See page 5-13).
5–51
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
11. Blotting boundary between filled images
Normal
Problem/Unit
Abnormal
Step
Check item
Result
Remedy
Poor moisture absorbency of media
1
Is the recommended type of media being
used?
NO
Explain to the user to use the
recommended type of media
(media with high absorbency).
Printable side reversed
2
Is the printable side of the media facing
up?
NO
Explain to the user to place
the printable side of the
media facing up.
Ink dries slowly.
3
Check the print mode.
Is it in "Enhanced" or "Hi-Resolution"
mode?
NO
Set the [Print Mode] menu to
"Enhanced" or "Hi-Resolution".
5–52
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
VI. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARRANGEMENT/
FUNCTIONS
A. Sensors and Switches
PS6
PS8
SW2
PS9
PS4
SW1
PS3
PS2
PS1
Figure 5-601
Name
Symbol
Function
Photo-interrupter
PS1
PS2
PS3
PS4
PS6
Pump position detection
Home position detection
Detection of remaining ink in the ink chamber
Detection of the ink tank presence
Media trailing edge detection
Sensor
PS8
PS9
Printing position detection
Media leading edge detection, media width detection,
internal temperature detection, printing position detection
Switch
SW1
SW2
AC power OFF/ON
Front cover open/close detection
Table 5-601
5–53
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
B. Motors, Fans, and Solenoids
M2
FM1
M1
FM2
SL1
M3
Figure 5-602
Name
Symbol
Function
Motor
M1
M2
M3
Paper feed drive
Carriage drive
Pump drive
Fan
FM1
FM2
Hold paper during printing
Heat dispersion
Solenoid
SL1
Wiper (cleaner blade) lifting
Table 5-602
5–54
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
C. Logic boards
[3]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
Figure 5-603
Name
Symbol
Function
Engine controller
[1]
Sequence control/motor control
Image controller
[2]
Data communication to host/raster conversion
Carriage controller
[3]
Head drive signal/sensor signal relay
DC power supply
[4]
DC power supply
Operation panel controller
[5]
Operation key, LED and message display control
Table 5-603
5–55
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
D. Engine Controller
J212
J209
B16
A1
J205
1
4
J206
39
1 3
40
A16
J207
1
39
2
40
1 2
8
2 1
J204
B1
J210
1
J211
6
1
1
8
11 1 3
7
1
J202
J203
8 1
1
J213 J214
8
SW201
J201
1
J217
J208
1
2
Figure 5-604
SW No.
SW201
Function
Remarks
Switching between A1 and A0 size
models.
A0: No jumper
A1: Jumper installed
Table 5-604
5–56
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
LED
602
DSW601
LED
605
CN602
1
2
1
2
B11
A16
CN607
A1
22
21
19
20
LED LED
603 604
B1
A11
CN601
A1
40
39
1
2
SIM602
SIM601
LED
601
71
72
71
72
E. Image Controller
B16
18
B1
1
CN604
CN603
1
5 CN605 1
CN606
2 36
19 9
6
1
8
Figure 5-605
Function
SW No.
Remarks
DSW601-1
For factory adjustment
Set to OFF before shipment from factory
DSW601-2
For factory adjustment
Set to OFF before shipment from factory
DSW601-3
For factory adjustment
Set to OFF before shipment from factory
DSW601-4
For factory adjustment
Set to ON before shipment from factory
DSW601-5
For factory adjustment
Set to OFF before shipment from factory
DSW601-6
For factory adjustment
Set to OFF before shipment from factory
LED601
Unused
—
LED602
Unused
—
LED603
Lit in CPU operation (normal)
—
LED604
Lit at CPU stop (abnormal)
—
LED605
Lit when power is supplied
—
Table 5-605
5–57
CHAPTER 6
CIRDUIT DIAGRAM
A. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ........................ 6-1
B. IMAGE CONTROLLER ....................................... 6-4
C. ENGIN CONTROLLER .................................... 6-16
D. CARRIAGE CONTROLLER ............................ 6-33
E. PAPER SENSOR ............................................ 6-41
F. OPERATION PANEL CONTROLLER ............. 6-42
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
A. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
General circuit diagram (1/3)
CARRIAGE MOTOR
PAPER FEED MOTOR
SUCTION FAN
COOLING FAN
PE SENSOR
FRONT COVER SENSOR
F
J7
2
4
6
7
J203
2
5
3
4
6
1
4
5
2
5
6
3
1
XBN
XB
XAN
XA
VH
VH
YBN
YB
YAN
YA
VH
VH
6
7
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
J204
1
2
3
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
J206
J214
2
3
1
2
3
2
1
3
1
2
1
3
J211
2
1
1
2
DOOR_IN
4
5
J201
J5
1
Vcc
MEDIA_IN
GND
6
J8
2
3
FAN_CONT
VH
FANSTS
4
5
VH
6
FAN_CONT
J12
3
GND
1
2
1
2
1
E
1
J9
J202
8
8
7
6
7
6
5
J202
8
4
5
4
3
2
3
2
1
1
PPOW_CONL
PPOW_CONL
PG_OUT4
PG_OUT3
PG_OUT2
PG_OUT1
8
7
7
6
6
5
5
4
4
3
PURGE MOTOR
3
2
2
1
1
J4
1
8
8
7
6
ENGINE CONTROLLER
J212
7
6
5
4
5
4
3
2
3
2
1
1
Vcc
CRGHP_IN
GND
Vcc
PURHP_IN
GND
SOL_CONT
VH
1
2
HOME POSITION SENSOR
2
PUMP SENSOR
3
J1
J212
D
8
2
7
3
6
4
5
J3
5
1
3
3
4
6
7
2
8
1
J2
GND
Vcc
GND(H)
VH
J210
6
4
5
6
2
3
4
5
1
4
1
2
3
2
3
J10
1
1
3
J210
WIPER SOLENOID
1
C
J13
3
2
J205
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
INK TANK SENSOR
3
J213
GND
Vcc
GND(H)
GND(H)
VH
VH
11
10
9
8
J102
6
4
5
6
2
3
4
5
J213
1
7
6
4
5
2
L
5
6
N
2
3
4
2
3
3
INK SENSOR
2
4
1
1
B
1
2
1
N
L
3
J11
1
3
2
1
2
Vcc
TANK
GND
INK1_IN
GND
INKCONN
Vcc
4
3
POWER SUPPLY
AC 100-240V
50/60HZ
7
6
1
J102
AC INLET
9
8
5
2
3
11
10
J101
A
6-1
30
40
40
38
29
37
28
27
36
26
35
34
24
25
33
32
23
31
22
21
30
29
20
19
28
18
17
27
26
25
16
15
24
23
14
13
HEAD(3)
22
21
12
11
20
10
9
24
19
18
8
7
26
17
16
15
6
5
29
28
14
13
4
3
31
30
12
11
2
1
33
32
10
9
30
35
34
8
7
28
29
37
36
6
5
26
27
39
38
4
3
24
25
1
2
1
22
23
21
3
40
39
J506
20
19
5
2
4
38
37
18
36
16
17
7
35
15
9
6
8
34
33
14
13
HEAD(2)
11
10
32
31
12
11
13
12
30
29
10
9
15
14
28
27
8
7
17
16
26
J501
6
5
18
25
19
24
4
3
20
23
21
22
21
2
1
22
20
23
24
19
30
25
18
29
26
17
28
27
16
27
28
15
14
26
25
29
30
13
24
31
12
23
32
11
22
33
10
21
34
9
20
35
8
J505
19
36
7
18
37
6
17
38
5
4
3
16
15
2
14
HEAD(1)
12
13
11
10
8
9
6
7
4
5
3
8
7
2
1
6
GND
22
27
LSB
20
25
Vcc
18
23
LSA
16
21
LEDB
14
19
LEDR
J208
+26V
12
17
REGOUT
ENGINE CONTROLLER
+5V
10
15
POUT
8
13
THERM
6
11
4
GND
4
9
DI_IN
GND
Vcc
2
7
5
DIK0
HRESET
DCLK0
IDATA0
VH
VH
VH
SUB0
SUB0
GND(H)
GND(H)
GND(H)
GND(H)
Vcc
GND
GND
HS2B0
ODD0
BE00
HENB0
DIR0
DIA0
RANK0
HS1B0
HS1A0
HS2A0
LTCLK0
EVEN0
BE01
HENB0
39
5
6
THERM_IN
3
7
DIK1
HRESET
DCLK1
IDATA1
VH
VH
VH
SUB1
SUB1
GND(H)
GND(H)
GND(H)
GND(H)
Vcc
GND
GND
HS2B1
ODD1
BE10
HENB1
DIR1
DIA1
RANK1
HS1B1
HS1A1
HS2A1
LTCLK1
EVEN1
BE11
HENB1
VH
VH
VH
GND(H)
GND(H)
GND(H)
O_HRESET
LSA
LSB
REGISENS
REGI_HOLD
H5VCNTN
O_R5VCONTN
P26SUP
O_DI_RNKSEL0
O_DI_RNKSEL1
O_DI_RNKSEL2
O_HD_SEL0
O_HD_SEL1
O_HD_DT0
O_HD_DT1
O_HD_DT2
O_HD_DT3
O_HD_CLK
O_HD_LTCLK
O_SUBH0
O_SUBH1
O_SUBH2
O_SUBH3
GND
LED_CONT_R
LED_CONT_L
GND
HABA_IN
REGILOOK
RANK_IN
8
DIK2
HRESET
DCLK2
IDATA2
VH
VH
VH
SUB2
SUB2
GND(H)
GND(H)
GND(H)
GND(H)
Vcc
GND
GND
HS2B2
ODD2
BE20
HENB2
DIR2
DIA2
RANK2
HS1B2
HS1A2
HS2A2
LTCLK2
EVEN2
BE21
HENB2
Vcc
GND
O_OHTP0
O_OHTP1
O_OHTP2
O_OHTP3
GND
O_EHTP0
O_EHTP1
O_EHTP2
O_EHTP3
GND
Vcc
BENB00
BENB01
BENB02
BENB10
BENB11
BENB12
BENB20
BENB21
BENB22
BENB30
BENB31
BENB32
GND
HLDTRG
GND
GND
OCRCDET
GND
COM_DAT
COM_CLK
COM_LT
COM_DIR
CRC_CLK
CRC_DAT
TRI_ENBN
GND
GND
1
SUB3
SUB3
GND(H)
GND(H)
GND(H)
GND(H)
Vcc
GND
GND
HS2B3
ODD3
BE30
HENB3
DIR3
DIA3
RANK3
HS1B3
HS1A3
HS2A3
LTCLK3
EVEN3
BE31
HENB3
DIK3
HRESET
DCLK3
IDATA3
VH
VH
VH
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
3
2
30
28
29
26
27
24
25
22
23
21
1
General circuit diagram (2/3)
PAPER SENSOR
LINEAR SCALE/LINEAR SENSOR
F
J207
39
40
1
J510
J504
20
18
19
17
16
15
14
13
2
12
11
3
10
9
4
5
5
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
E
1
J502
J509
CARRIAGE CONTROLLER
D
J503
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
C
B
HEAD(0)
A
6-2
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
General circuit diagram (3/3)
F
CENTRONICS
RS-232C
1
3
2
5
4
7
6
9
8
3
2
5
4
7
6
9
8
11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36
SELIN
Vcc
N.C.
GND
/FAULT
/INT
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
Vcc
FG
GND
N.C.
AFD
SELECT
PE
BUSY
/ACK
DATA7
DATA6
DATA5
DATA4
DATA3
DATA2
DATA1
DATA0
/STB
RI
RTS
CTS
DTR
GND
DSR
RD
TD
CD
CN605
1
CN604
J701
CN602
1
40
1
40
2
39
2
39
3
38
3
38
4
37
4
37
5
36
5
36
6
35
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72
EXPANSION SLOT
34
SIM602
IMAGE CONTROLLER
7
34
8
8
33
9
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72
EXPANSION SLOT
35
7
33
SIM601
6
9
32 32
10 10
31 31
11 11
30 30
12 12
29 29
13 13
28 28
14 14
27 27
15 15
26 26
16 16
25 25
17 17
24 24
18 18
23 23
19 19
22 22
20 20
21 21
J602
CN607
1b 2b 3b 4b 5b 6b 7b 8b 9b 10b 11b 12b 13b 14b 15b 16b
1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a
PKEY0
PVcc
PKEY1
CPURSTL
PKEY2
Vss
PKEY3
R/WN
PKEY4
Vss
PKEY5
RS
BUZZER
VEE
RSV1
LCDE
Vss
Vss
PLED0
PDAT7
PLED1
PDAT6
PLED2
PDAT5
PLED3
PDAT4
PLED4
Vss
PLED5
PDAT3
PLED6
PDAT2
PLED7
PDAT1
PLED8
PDAT0
PLED9
Vss
RSV2
RSV3
1
2
RSV2
PKEY0
PLED9
PKEY1
PLED8
PKEY2
PLED7
PKEY3
PLED6
PKEY4
PLED5
PKEY5
PLED4
BUZZER
PLED3
RSV1
PLED2
Vss
PLED1
PLED0
CN701
1
24
24
2
23
3
23
3
22
4
22
4
21
5
21
5
20
6
20
E
6
19
7
19
7
18
8
18
8
17
9
17
9
16 16
10 10
15 15
11 11
14 14
12 12
13 13
1
CN702
1
22
22
PVcc
2
2
RSV3
21 21
CPURSTL
3
3
Vss
20 20
Vss
4
4
PDAT0
19 19
R/WN
5
5
PDAT1
18 18
Vss
6
6
PDAT2
17 17
RS
7
7
PDAT3
16 16
VEE
8
8
Vss
15 15
LCDE
9
9
PDAT4
14 14
Vss
10 10
PDAT5
13 13
PDAT7
11 11
PDAT6
12
OPERATION PANEL CONTROLLER
D
C
12
VENB
PIXRDY
PIXCLK
Vcc
Vcc
Vcc
PIX0
PIX1
PIX2
PIX3
PIX4
PIX5
GND
GND
PIX6
PIX7
TxD
RxD
GND
GND
CTS
RTS
CPRDY
PPRDY
DSR
DTR
EXT0
EXT1
EXT2
EXT3
EXT4
EXT5
J702
J209
B
1b 2b 3b 4b 5b 6b 7b 8b 9b 10b 11b 12b 13b 14b 15b 16b
1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a
ENGINE CONTROLLER
A
6-3
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
B. IMAGE CONTROLLER
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Image controller (1/12)
CA[31..2]
CD[31..0]
C605
CA[31..2]
(11/12-F7)
CD[31..0]
(11/12-F7)
4700p
GND
F
L601
VCC
72
1
12
20
28
32
37
44
50
61
71
79
82
96
99
103
115
127
140
148
154
168
171
180
190
VCC
Y602
R879
5
C664
33P
GND
VCC
VCC
VCC
R715
2.2K
R711
4.7K
U613
R714
10Kf
5
7
(8/12-D5)
6
SOFTSW
2
R710
3.9Kf
1
4
VCC
C615
2.2uF
VCC
RESET
VSA
OUTC
8
3
VSB
VSC
VCC
CT
R875
4.7K
VCC
GND
R712
4.7K
R810
4.7K
CPURSTL
(7/12-E3)
RESETL
87
U608A
U608B
(8/12-D5)
1
4
GND
2
C645
0.01u
5
C610
0.01u
C611
0.01u
C688
0.01u
C609
0.01u
91
3
6
(2/12-C8)(7/12-D7)(10/12-E6)
RSTL
GND
GND
VCC
46
GND
(5/12-C8) (7/12-E1) (8/12-E8) (9/12-C8)
2
RST
1
181
GND
TP605 R697
(10/12-C6)
43
85
U631A
GND
READYL
33
182
184
C607
33P
40
GND
57
VCC
58
59
60
(7/12-E3)
(7/12-E3)
108
ABORTL
93
INTL
(7/12-E3)
DBINTL
(7/12-C4)
OSINTL
(7/12-C4)
EVENTL
(5/12-D8)
232INTL
(9/12-D8)
RXINT
(9/12-D8)
TXINT
(10/12-B3)
RSINT
94
95
100
101
102
106
107
CLKIN
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
RESET
BE0
STEST
BE1
ONCE
CLKMODE
U607
BE2
80960CF(PQFP)
BE3
HOLD
W/R
READY
ADS
BTERM
FAIL
BOFF
PCLK1
DREQ0
PCLK2
DREQ1
HOLDA
DREQ2
BREQ
DREQ3
D/C
NMI
SUP
XINT0
WAIT
XINT1
BLAST
XINT2
DT/R
XINT3
DEN
XINT4
LOCK
XINT5
DMA
XINT6
DACK0
XINT7
EOP/TC0
DACK1
2
7
16
24
30
38
39
49
56
VCC
C608
0.1uF
C612
0.1uF
C665
0.1uF
C650
0.1uF
GND
C656
0.1uF
EOP/TC1
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
DACK2
EOP/TC2
DACK3
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
R921
4.7K
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
A25
A26
A27
A28
A29
A30
A31
EOP/TC3
36
35
34
33
27
26
25
23
22
21
19
18
17
15
14
13
11
10
9
8
6
5
4
3
195
194
192
191
189
188
187
186
CD0
CD1
CD2
CD3
CD4
CD5
CD6
CD7
CD8
CD9
CD10
CD11
CD12
CD13
CD14
CD15
CD16
CD17
CD18
CD19
CD20
CD21
CD22
CD23
CD24
CD25
CD26
CD27
CD28
CD29
CD30
CD31
E
170
172
175
176
CBE0L
(11/12-A7)
CBE1L
(11/12-A7)
CBE2L
(11/12-A7)
CBE3L
164
RDL
178
D
(11/12-A7)
(10/12-D6)
ADSL
(10/12-D6)
45
R880
78
33
74
PCLK1
(10/12-E6)
WAITL
(10/12-D6)
C666
33P
179
GND
155
159
158
162
VCC
R701
10K
169
163
DTRL
167
DENL
156
160
62
66
63
67
64
68
65
69
(10/12-C6)
BLASTL
(5/12-F8) (7/12-E5)
(10/12-C6)
C
VCC
R700
10K
VCC
U620A
R696
10K
VCC
LED603
1
VCC
330
R695
10K
VCC
U620B
LED604
R694
10K
R969
2
3
VCC
R970
4
330
R693
10K
70
75
77
81
83
88
89
92
98
105
109
110
121
125
131
135
147
150
161
165
173
174
185
196
R713
4.7K
111
112
113
114
116
117
118
119
120
122
123
124
128
129
130
132
133
134
136
137
138
139
141
142
143
144
145
151
152
153
CA2
CA3
CA4
CA5
CA6
CA7
CA8
CA9
CA10
CA11
CA12
CA13
CA14
CA15
CA16
CA17
CA18
CA19
CA20
CA21
CA22
CA23
CA24
CA25
CA26
CA27
CA28
CA29
CA30
CA31
33
33MHz(DIP)
GND
VCCPLL
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
8
4
GND
B
GND
GND
VCC
C667
0.1uF
C668
0.1uF
C669
0.1uF
C651
0.1uF
C652
0.1uF
C653
0.1uF
C657
0.1uF
GND
A
6-4
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Image controller (2/12)
(5/12-F8)
(10/12-F6)
(11/12-F2)
D[31..0]
(11/12-F2)
A[31..2]
D[31..0]
F
A[31..2]
U612
A2
25
A3
24
A4
23
A5
22
A6
21
A7
20
A8
19
A9
18
A10
8
A11
7
A12
6
A13
5
A14
4
A15
3
A16
2
A17
1
A18
48
A19
17
A20
16
26
28
11
U618
A0
A1
DQ0
A2
DQ1
A3
DQ2
A4
DQ3
A5
A6
A7
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
A8
DQ7
A9
DQ8
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
DQ9
DQ10
DQ11
DQ12
DQ13
DQ14
DQ15
RESET
CE
RY/BY
OE
BYTE
WE
25
29
D0
A3
24
31
D1
A4
23
33
D2
A5
22
35
D3
A6
21
38
D4
A7
20
40
D5
A8
19
42
D6
A9
18
44
D7
A10
8
30
D8
A11
7
32
D9
A12
6
34
D10
A13
5
36
D11
A14
4
39
D12
A15
3
41
D13
A16
2
43
D14
A17
1
45
D15
A18
48
A19
17
A20
16
A17
A18
A2
12
15
47
26
VCC
28
11
XU601
(11/12-A5)
A0
A1
DQ0
A2
DQ1
A3
DQ2
A4
DQ3
A5
A6
A7
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
A8
DQ7
A9
DQ8
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
DQ9
DQ10
DQ11
DQ12
DQ13
DQ14
DQ15
11
BE1L
29
D16
A2
10
31
D17
A3
9
33
D18
A4
8
35
D19
A5
7
38
D20
A6
6
40
D21
A7
5
42
D22
A8
4
44
D23
A9
42
30
D24
A10
41
32
D25
A11
40
34
D26
A12
39
36
D27
A13
38
39
D28
A14
37
41
D29
A15
36
43
D30
A16
35
45
D31
A17
34
A18
3
A17
A18
RESET
CE
RY/BY
OE
BYTE
12
A19
15
2
12
47
14
VCC
43
WE
A0
A1
DQ0
A2
DQ1
A3
DQ2
A4
DQ3
A5
A6
A7
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
A8
DQ7
A9
DQ8
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
DQ9
DQ10
DQ11
DQ12
DQ13
DQ14
DQ15
15
D0
17
D1
19
D2
21
D3
24
D4
26
D5
28
D6
30
D7
16
D8
18
D9
20
D10
22
D11
25
D12
27
D13
29
D14
31
D15
E
D
A17
A18
RESET
CE
RY/BY
OE
BYTE
44
1
33
VCC
WE
C
(1/12-D6)
(10/12-C6)
(10/12-C6)
RSTL
FWE0L
(10/12-C6)
FWE3L
(10/12-C6)
BFROML
VCC
33
R938
FOEL
(10/12-C6)
(10/12-C2)
R939
FROML
33
R706
10K
R937
R705
10K
R881
10K
33
R936
33
U608C
R707
9
33
JP602
R709
BOOTCSL
R703
8
10
33
33
U608D
(10/12-C6)
R704
BFOEL
(10/12-C2)
BOOTOEL
(10/12-C2)
BOOTWRL
12
33
JP601
R708
33
R702
11
13
33
B
JP604
R882
33
VCC
C616
0.1uF
GND
C613
0.1uF
C658
0.1uF
A
6-5
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Image controller (3/12)
F
MD[31..0]
(12/12-F2)
MD[31..0]
(12/12-F2)
MA[10..0]
MA[10..0]
E
U616
U602
MA0
21
MA1
22
MA2
23
MA3
24
MA4
27
MA5
28
MA6
29
MA7
30
MA8
31
MA9
32
A0
I/O0
A1
I/O1
A2
I/O2
A3
I/O3
A4
I/O4
A5
I/O5
A6
I/O6
A7
I/O7
A8
I/O8
A9
I/O9
I/O10
18
35
34
17
33
RAS
I/O11
LCAS
I/O12
UCAS
I/O13
WE
I/O14
OE
I/O15
2
MD0
3
MD1
4
MD2
5
MD3
7
MD4
U611
MA0
21
MA1
22
MA2
23
MA3
8
MD5
9
MD6
10
MD7
41
MD8
42
MD9
24
MA4
27
MA5
28
MA6
29
MA7
30
MA8
31
MA9
43
MD10
44
MD11
46
MD12
47
MD13
48
MD14
32
I/O0
A1
I/O1
A2
I/O2
A3
I/O3
A4
I/O4
A5
I/O5
A6
I/O6
A7
I/O7
A8
I/O8
A9
I/O9
I/O10
18
35
34
17
MD15
49
A0
33
VCC
RAS
I/O11
LCAS
I/O12
UCAS
I/O13
WE
I/O14
OE
I/O15
2
MD16
3
MD17
U606
MA0
21
MA1
22
MA2
23
MA3
24
MD18
4
MD19
5
7
MD20
8
MD21
MA4
27
MA5
28
MA6
29
MA7
30
MA8
31
MD22
9
MD23
10
MD24
41
42
MD25
43
MD26
MA9
32
15
16
19
20
36
40
NC
VCC
NC
VCC
NC
VCC
1
18
MD28
46
35
47
MD29
48
MD30
49
MD31
NC
GND
NC
GND
I/O2
I/O3
A4
I/O4
A5
I/O5
A6
A7
A8
A9
I/O6
I/O7
I/O8
I/O9
34
17
33
RAS
I/O11
LCAS
I/O12
UCAS
I/O13
WE
I/O14
OE
I/O15
MD0
3
MD1
4
MD2
5
MD3
7
MD4
8
MD5
9
MD6
10
MD7
41
MD8
42
MD9
43
MD10
44
MD11
46
MD12
47
MD13
MA0
21
MA1
22
MA2
23
MA3
24
MA4
27
MA5
28
MA6
29
MA7
30
MA8
31
MA9
32
18
35
34
48
MD14
49
MD15
11
6
15
25
16
26
20
45
36
50
40
NC
VCC
NC
VCC
NC
VCC
1
NC
GND
NC
GND
I/O1
A2
I/O2
A3
I/O3
A4
I/O4
A5
I/O5
A6
I/O6
A7
I/O7
A8
I/O8
A9
I/O9
17
33
RAS
I/O11
LCAS
I/O12
UCAS
I/O13
WE
I/O14
OE
I/O15
2
MD16
3
MD17
4
MD18
5
MD19
7
MD20
8
MD21
9
MD22
10
MD23
41
MD24
42
MD25
43
MD26
44
MD27
46
MD28
47
MD29
48
MD30
6
15
25
16
26
20
45
36
50
40
GND
D
MD31
49
VCC
11
19
GND
I/O0
A1
GND
NC
NC
A0
I/O10
VCC
19
GND
A3
I/O1
2
GND
NC
NC
A2
I/O0
I/O10
VCC
11
A1
MD27
44
GND
A0
NC
VCC
NC
VCC
NC
VCC
GND
1
11
6
15
25
16
NC
19
NC
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
26
20
45
36
50
40
GND
NC
VCC
NC
VCC
NC
VCC
1
6
25
NC
NC
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
26
45
C
50
GND
GND
TP619
(10/12-D2)
RAS0L
(10/12-D2)
RAS1L
TP626
(10/12-D2)
CAS0AL
(10/12-D2)
CAS1AL
(10/12-D2)
CAS2AL
(10/12-D2)
CAS3AL
R955
R951
R952
TP624
R949
R950
TP625
(10/12-D2)
R953
DWEL
R954
33
33
33
33
33
33
WEL
22
(4/12-B8)
B
VCC
C673
0.1uF
C663
0.1uF
C677
0.1uF
C674
0.1uF
C662
0.1uF
C649
0.1uF
C648
0.1uF
C642
0.1uF
GND
A
6-6
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Image controller (4/12)
F
(12/12-F2)
(12/12-F2)
MD[31..0]
MD[31..0]
MA[10..0]
MA[10..0]
SIM601
1
MD0
GND
2
MD16
3
MD1
4
MD17
5
MD2
6
MD18
7
MD3
8
MD19
9
VCC
10
11
MA0
12
MA1
13
MA2
14
MA3
15
MA4
16
MA5
17
MA6
18
MA10
19
MD4
20
MD20
21
MD5
22
MD21
23
MD6
24
MD22
25
MD7
26
MD23
27
MA7
28
29
VCC
30
MA8
31
MA9
32
33
34
35
36
VSS
D0
SIM602
NC
NC
D16
VSS
D1
CAS0
D17
CAS2
D2
CAS3
D18
CAS1
D3
RAS0
D19
RAS1
VCC
NC
NC
WE
A0
NC
A1
D8
A2
D24
A3
D9
A4
D25
A5
D10
A6
D26
A10
D11
D4
D27
D20
D12
D5
D28
D21
VCC
D6
D29
D22
D13
D7
D30
D23
D14
A7
D31
NC
D15
VCC
NC
A8
PD1
A9
PD2
RAS3
PD3
RAS2
PD4
NC
NC
NC
VSS
37
1
38
MD0
GND
2
39
MD16
3
40 GND
MD1
4
41
MD17
5
42
MD2
6
43
MD18
7
44
MD3
8
45
MD19
9
46
VCC
10
11
47
48
MA0
12
49
MD8
MA1
13
50
MD24
MA2
14
51
MD9
MA3
15
52
MD25
MA4
16
53
MD10
MA5
17
54
MD26
MA6
18
55
MD11
MA10
19
56
MD27
MD4
20
57
MD12
MD20
21
58
MD28
MD5
22
MD21
23
59
VCC
60
MD29
MD6
24
61
MD13
MD22
25
62
MD30
MD7
26
63
MD14
MD23
27
MA7
28
VCC
VCC
VCC
MD31
64
MD15
65
R816
10K
R814
4.7K
29
R815
4.7K
66
VCC
(10/12-D2)
SM1T0
67
68
69
TP602
SM1T1
(10/12-D2)
30
MA8
31
MA9
32
33
70
34
71
35
72
36
VSS
NC
D0
NC
D16
VSS
D1
CAS0
D17
CAS2
D2
CAS3
D18
CAS1
D3
RAS0
D19
RAS1
VCC
NC
NC
WE
A0
NC
A1
D8
A2
D24
A3
D9
A4
D25
A5
D10
A6
D26
A10
D11
D4
D27
D20
D12
D5
D28
D21
VCC
D6
D29
D22
D13
D7
D30
D23
D14
A7
D31
NC
D15
VCC
NC
A8
PD1
A9
PD2
RAS3
PD3
RAS2
PD4
NC
NC
NC
VSS
GND
(10/12-D2)
RAS2L
(1012/-D2)
RAS3L
(10/12-E2)
RAS4L
(10/12-E2)
(10/12-D2)
TP615
R942
TP620
R941
TP616
R944
TP621
R943
TP618
R948
TP622
R945
TP623
R947
TP617
R946
RAS5L
CAS0BL
(10/12-D2)
CAS1BL
(10/12-D2)
CAS2BL
(10/12-D2)
CAS3BL
39
40 GND
41
42
43
44
E
45
46
47
48
49
MD8
50
MD24
51
MD9
52
MD25
53
MD10
54
MD26
55
MD11
56
MD27
57
MD12
58
59
D
MD28
VCC
60
MD29
61
MD13
62
MD30
63
MD14
64
MD31
VCC
65
MD15
66
VCC
VCC
R817
R819
R818
10K
4.7K
4.7K
(10/12-D2)
SM2T0
67
68
69
SM2T1
(10/12-D2)
TP603
70
C
71
72
GND
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
TP604
(3/12-B1)
37
38
WEL
B
VCC
R935
10K
VCC
JP605
CLL
C646
0.1uF
C647
0.1uF
C671
0.1uF
C672
0.1uF
(10/12-D3)
GND
GND
A
6-7
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
D[31..0]
D[31..0]
645ID[7..0]
U604
(10/12-F6)
(11/12-F2)
(10/12-D2)
4
645ID[7..0]
(2/12-F8)
(1/12-C2)
5
D0
2
D1
3
D2
4
D3
5
D4
6
D5
7
D6
8
D7
9
R605
DTRL
1
100
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
DIR
EG
18
645ID0
17
645ID1
16
645ID2
15
645ID3
14
645ID4
13
645ID5
12
645ID6
11
645ID7
3
2
1
Image controller (5/12)
(12/12-A7)
(6/12-F7) (7/12-F7) (8/12-F8) (9/12-E7) (12/12-D2)
ID[7..0]
F
19
R604
IOSELL
100
VCC
U627
541IA[2..0]
541IA[2..0]
BE0L
(11/12-A5)
BE1L
2
3
A2
(10/12-D2)
IORDL
(10/12-D2)
IOWRL
4
5
6
VCC
7
8
R603
10K
9
1
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
DIR
EG
18
541IA0
17
541IA1
16
541IA2
15
14
13
12
11
IA[2..0]
(7/12-B7)
IO_WRL
(7/12-B7)
(7/12-F1)
(8/12-E8)
(9/12-D8)
19
ID7
8
ID6
7
ID5
6
ID4
5
ID3
2
ID2
1
ID1
28
27
11
10
VCC
12
IA0
R964
10K
C2+
V-
C2-
GND
T1I
T1O
13
17
DB7
TRNDT
DB6
RCVDT
DB5
RTS
DB4
DTR
DB3
CTS
DB2
DSR
19
7
3
6
23
20
24
21
17
8
22
5
26
DB1
DB0
TRNCLK
9
22
25
19
24
CS
T2I
T2O
T3I
T3O
T4I
T4O
R1O
R1I
R2O
R2I
R3O
R3I
R4O
R4I
R5O
R5I
EN
SHDN
10
2
15
TP634
9
14
TP636
16
18
R1032
10K
20
7.3728MHz
GND
21
RST
R813
10K
R812
1k
GND
E
3
1
28
9
4
CN605
27
1
L628
23
18
25
VCC
2
L626
3
L627
4
5
RD
6
WR
7
CMDT
L625
U631D
(1/12-D6)
V+
C621
0.1uF
U632
13
(7/12-D1)
15
16
IO_RDL
ID0
8
C1-
11
C622
0.1uF
SCU0L
232INTL
(12/12-B2)
IA[2..0]
(7/12-F1)
(8/12-E8)
(9/12-D8)
RCVCLK
(1/12-C6)
VCC
C638
0.1uF
14
GND
(10/12-C2)
C1+
C637
0.1uF
U603
(11/12-A5)
12
(12/12-A7)
8
9
TRNRDY
CD
TD
RD
DSR
GND
DTR
CTS
RTS
D
RI
RCVRDY
FG
SYNC/BRK
TRNEMP
VCC
CLOCK
VCC
RST
GND
26
4
GND
(7/12-C1)
232CLK
C
IA[2..0]
U619
ID0
11
ID1
12
ID2
13
ID3
15
ID4
16
ID5
17
ID6
18
ID7
19
26
(10/12-C6)
EEPROML
(10/12-C6)
EEPOEL
(10/12-C6)
EEPWEL
20
22
27
1
IO0
A0
IO1
A1
IO2
A2
IO3
A3
IO4
A4
IO5
A5
IO6
A6
IO7
A7
A13
A8
CE
A9
OE
A10
WE
A11
A14
A12
10
IA0
9
IA1
8
IA2
7
A3
6
A4
5
A5
4
A6
3
A7
25
A8
24
A9
21
A10
23
A11
2
A12
B
GND
(11/12-F2)
A[31..2]
A[31..2]
VCC
C603
0.1uF
GND
C602
0.1uF
C739
0.1uF
C614
0.1uF
C636
0.1uF
C620
0.1uF
A
6-8
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Image controller (6/12)
VCC
(6/12-B1)
R986 R985 R984 R983 R982 R981 R980 R979
ID[7..0]
CN604
ID1
ID2
ID3
ID4
10
11
13
14
19
ID5
20
ID6
21
ID7
22
15
U623
23
D3
Q4
D4
Q5
D5
Q6
D6
Q7
D7
Q8
D8
FF
RS
RD
WR
EF
FL/RT
XO/HF
XI
14
4
15
31
16
30
17
29
18
28
19
R978
3
10K
1
VCC
D7
Q6
D6
Q5
D5
Q4
D4
Q3
D3
Q2
D1
OC
CLK
7
R1026
R1022
5
4
R1020
3
R1018
2
R1016
2
R1027
4.7K
L620
3
330
R1025
4.7K
L619
4
330
R1023
4.7K
L618
5
330
R1021
4.7K
L617
6
330
R1019
4.7K
L616
7
4.7K
L615
8
330
4.7K
L614
9
L612
10
L611
11
L610
12
L609
13
L608
14
R1017
11
(6/12-B1)
C729 C728 C727 C726 C725 C724 C723 C722
IVCC
D601
2
U621A
26
330
330
GND
25
R1024
6
D2
Q1
8
VCC
8
GND
1
CHFL
CWRL
Q3
5
Q7
330
R1029
330PF
(8/12-C5)
D2
13
R1028
330PF
CEFL
(10/12-C2)
1
L621
R1031
R1030
9
D8
330PF
24
Q2
6
Q8
330PF
47
D1
12
330PF
(10/12-C2)
18
R976
Q1
7
330PF
CRDL
D0
330PF
(10/12-C2)
9
Q0
330PF
CFFL
L613
4.7K
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K
U622
ID0
(10/12-C2)
F
D602
ID[7..0]
2
(5/12-F5)(7/12-F7)(8/12-F8)(9/12-E7)(12/12-D2)
IVCC
GND
(10/12-C2)
15
R977
47
CRSTL
17
R974
10K
(10/12-B2)
16
FG
VCC
R1041
4
CSTBH
R1015
U621B
C717
470pF
U620C
1K
19
1K
R1014
3
18
FG
20
100
21
GND
R1013
L623
22
3.3K
(10/12-B2)
5
CACKL
23
6
24
25
U620D
R1012
9
CBSYH
26
L624
1K
(10/12-B2)
8
27
28
U620E
R1011
L622
29
3.3K
(10/12-B2)
11
PE
30
10
GND
U620F
L607
31
L606
32
R1010
33
3.3K
(10/12-B2)
13
SELECT
12
VCC
34
FG
35
R1040
R971
10K
(10/12-B2)
3.3K
3.3K
8
AFXT
36
R1009
U621D
9
/STB
DATA0
DATA1
DATA2
DATA3
DATA4
DATA5
DATA6
DATA7
/ACK
BUSY
E
PE
SELECT
/AFD
NC.
GND
FG
+5V
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
D
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
/INIT
/FAULT
GND
NC.
+5V
/SELIN
R1008
VCC
100
C719
470pF
R972
10K
(10/12-B2)
R1007
3.3K
10
INIT
C
GND
U621E
11
R1006
100
C718
0.01u
U601C
GND
R1005
3.3K
(10/12-B2)
5
NFAULT
6
VCC
R975
10K
(10/12-B2)
R1039
U621C
6
SELIN
3.3K
5
1
3
L629
VCC
IVCC
R1038
100
C738
470pF
GND
(6/12-E4)
(6/12-F4)
C736
0.1uF
2
L630
FG
GND
FG
B
VCC
C720
0.1uF
C716
0.1uF
C715
0.1uF
C641
0.1uF
C721
0.1uF
GND
A
6-9
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Image controller (7/12)
VCC
R1037 R1036 R1035 R1034
10K
10K
10K
10K
ID[7..0]
ID[7..0]
(5/12-F5) (6/12-F7) (8/12-F8) (9/12-E7) (12/12-D2)
VCC
CN601
A11
A10
U615
ID7
ID6
2
3
ID5
4
ID4
5
ID3
A1
A2
7
ID1
8
ID0
9
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
1
DTRL
(1/12-C2)
B7
A8
B8
DIR
EG
GND A9
18
17
A8
16
A7
15
A6
14
A5
13
A4
12
A3
11
A2
19
A1
GND
IO_RDL
ID7
IO_WRL
GND
ID6
ID5
DBCLK
ID4
GND
ID3
ABORTL
ID2
RESETL
DBINTL
ID1
ID0
INTL
IA0
RST
IA[2..0]
IA[2..0]
(12/12-B2)
B2
A3
6
ID2
B1
SCU2L
VCC
SCU2L
F
B1
B2
U614
2
B3
3
B4
4
B5
5
B6
R793
B7 GND
R792
B8
R791
B9
R790
B10
220
220
220
220
6
(1/12-C6)
ABORTL
(1/12-D8)
RESETL
(1/12-C6)
DBINTL
(1/12-C6)
INTL
7
8
9
1
B11
C634
C633
C632
C631
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
18
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
DIR
EG
17
16
SCU2L
(10/12-C2)
IO_RDL
(5/12-E6)
IO_WRL
(5/12-E6)
15
14
DBCLK
(7/12-B1)
13
12
(1/12-D6)
RST
11
IA0
IA[2..0]
IA[2..0]
(12/12-B2)
E
19
GND
(10/12-C2)
VCC
12
D
Q
33
7.3728MHz
R874
CLK
CL
11
PR
10
GND
U605B
9
Q
C655
33P
8
ID0
8
ID1
7
ID2
5
1
ID3
4
2
ID4
43
GND
13
(1/12-D6)
RSTL
Y601
VCC
5
6
ACKTB
7
(8/12-C5)
8
4
ST
OUT
A
OUT2
ID5
B
42
ID6
C
41
ID7
VCC
40
D1
D2
CLK0
D3
G0
D4
OUT0
D6
CLK1
D7
G1
OUT1
GND
37
29
IA0
IA1
30
9
15
U609
VCC
10
REFL
(10/12-E2)
D5
GND
32
A0
A1
CLK2
G2
OUT2
8
ID1
7
ID2
5
ID3
4
ID4
43
ID5
42
ID6
41
24
19
VCC
18
OSINTL
(1/12-C6)
RD
WR
ID0
27
ID7
25
40
31
PTCL
D0
D1
D2
CLK0
D3
G0
D4
OUT0
EVENTL
(1/12-C6)
32
CS
(5/12-E6)
IO_RDL
IA0
29
IA1
30
15
10
VCC
33
ENGCLK
R878
D6
D7
CLK1
G1
OUT1
26
9
24
19
18
CLK2
A0
G2
A1
OUT2
(10/12-C2)
RSVCS2L
C660
33P
27
232CLK
(5/12-C8)
GND
25
26
VCC
R876
DBCLK
33
31
C
VCC
33
R877
WR
(9/12-C8)
GND
RD
IO_WRL
(5/12-E6)
C661
33P
D5
VCC
37
(10/12-C2)
D
D0
(7/12-E1)
CS
B
33
CENCK
(10/12-E6)
R638
C676
0.1uF
C670
0.1uF
C659
0.1uF
C675
0.1uF
C644
0.1uF
3
GND
D
PR
2
C654
0.1uF
Q
CL
4
VCC
Q
U605A
5
CLK
6
A
1
(8/12-D5)
ACKTA
3
(5/12-C8)
(9/12-C8)
U610
GND
6-10
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Image controller (8/12)
VCC
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K
PLED6
13
PLED7
14
PLED8
15
PLED9
16
VSS
PLED0
(8/12-D5)
PLED3
PLED[9..8]
R1051
PLED1
PLED2
PLED3
100
R1050
PLED4
PLED4
100
VCC
R934
PLED5
100
R933
PLED6
PLED6
100
17
18
PKEY0
TP661
C769C768C767C766C765C764C763C762C761C760C759C758C757C756C695C694
82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p
PKEY1
TP649
PKEY3
TP633
100
U601B
LED602
R602
100
330
3
330
BUZZER
19
20
ACKTA
(7/12-D8)
ACKTB
(7/12-C8)
ATP0
(10/12-B2)
ATP1
(10/12-B2)
GND
10K 10K
VCC
DA607B
DA607C
DA607D
DA611A
DA611B
DA611C
DA611D
DA614A
2
VCC
2
DA605A
DA605B
GND
DA605C
DA605D
DA609A
DA609B
DA609C
DA609D
DA613A
DA613B
DA613C
DA613D
DA614B
5
(6/12-E7)
C
(9/12-E1)
GND
1
CTSL
CHFL
C
3
GND
4
7
C617
0.1uF
L603
BLM21B03PT
2
6
BLM21B03PT
C
8
PG
4
5
(8/12-D2)
6
9
C
10
4
1
3
6
PVCC
5
7
L604
(8/12-D2)
C
11
1
PC7
12
2
5
DSW601
1
8
C
R789
R788
R787
GND
R786
PC5
PC6
3
R1087
VDD
GND
DA607A
GND
9
PC4
23
R1086
13
R784
12
R785
VCC
DA603D
4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K
PC3
47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P
DA603C
GND
11
PC2
C630C629C628C627C626C625C624C623
DA603B
3
VCC
DA603A
R799
10
4
22
4.7K
(8/12-F1)
C
21
PC1
PVCC
VCC
C689C693C692C691C690C748C749C750C751C752C753C754C755
1000p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p
6
4
5
2
18
PC0
CPURSTL
C
U630C
GND
R798
RESET
D
VSS
40
4.7K
TP631
10K 10K
32
R/W
39
PVCC
1
PB7
5
C
CS
TP630
6
C
16
3
1
15
4
C
PB6
VSS
U631C
6
PB5
WR
(8/12-C4)
R797
RSVCS1L
RD
VCC
74LS14
R796
2
(1/12-E8)
SOFTSW
U631B
3
35
RS
R940
PB3
VEE
38
PG
(8/12-C4)
R795
A1
36
14
PB4
44
4
R967
4
IA1
1K
LCDE
R928
5
PA7
PB2
35
U630B
36
D7
A0
100
VSS
37
PB1
5
34
37
PB0
IA0
CPURSTL
100
PDAT7
R932
2
D6
(1/12-D8)
PDAT6
R931
C
PA6
PLED9
R/W
33
4
D5
PLED8
38
RS
100
4
PA5
39
(8/12-D6)
(8/12-D6)
(8/12-D4)
R/W
VEE
32
R930
4
D4
(8/12-D4)
(8/12-D6)
100
R929
C
PA4
RS
LCDE
3
24
D3
(8/12-D4)
(8/12-D6)
31
6
25
PA3
40
VEE
(8/12-E5)
PLED[9..8]
100
C
ID7
26
D2
41
30
PDAT7
1
ID6
27
PA2
(8/12-D4)
PDAT5
PDAT6
100
4
ID5
28
D1
R1043
C
ID4
29
R925
ID3
30
PA1
R924
ID2
D0
LCDE
42
PDAT4
29
100
10K 10K
R926
ID1
31
28
PDAT5
R1044
R1042
R927
43
PA0
220
R807
220
R806
220
R805
220
R804
220
R803
220
R802
220
R801
220
R800
VCC
R601
330
U629
ID0
LED601
2
R923
R809
R808
U601A
1
R922
10K 10K
VSS
PDAT4
R1045
10K 10K 10K 10K
PDAT3
27
100
4
PDAT2
26
PDAT3
1
3
PDAT1
25
PDAT2
R1046
VCC
PDAT0
24
PDAT1
100
R1047
VCC
VSS
PDAT0
100
R1048
PKEY5
GND
RSV3
23
R1049
PKEY4
TP659
RSV2
22
GND
E
PLED9
21
TP632
TP648
PLED8
20
PKEY2
TP660
PLED7
19
6
TP650
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K
1
PLED7
C
TP655
6
PLED5
TP644
1
TP656
C
TP645
5
TP657
VCC
C735
0.1uF
C714
0.1uF
C733
0.1uF
1
C
1
C
4
6
DA601D
5
DA601C
3
DA601B
2
6
DA601A
C
4
C
1
C
C
4
1
DA604D
5
DA604C
3
DA604B
2
6
DA604A
C
4
C
1
C
1
DA608D
5
DA608C
3
2
DA608B
C
4
C
4
C
1
DA608A
6
DA612D
5
DA612C
C
1
C
4
DA612B
3
DA612A
2
VCC
C
C
4
GND
VCC
C734
0.1uF
3
C
DA602D
B
4
2
C
DA602C
4
6
C
DA602B
1
5
C
DA602A
1
3
C
DA606D
4
C
2
6
C
DA606C
4
DA606B
1
5
C
DA606A
1
3
C
DA610D
4
2
C
DA610C
4
6
C
DA610B
1
5
C
DA610A
1
DA615D
C
3
2
C
DA615C
4
DA615B
4
1
DA615A
6
5
GND
GND
U601D
8
8
U601E
U630D
3
9
9
DA614C
11
10
4
(10/12-C2)
12
RSV1
100
2
6
R1052
5
PC7
PLED2
C
GND
7
PLED5
BUZZER
100
TP646
1
3
8
11
1
PC6
9
PLED4
C
PC5
10
6
VDD
PLED3
3
PC4
23
9
C
VCC
13
PLED2
R968
PC3
12
R1053
R1080
PC2
11
PLED1
R1081
PC1
10
TP658
R1082
PC0
PKEY5
100
R965
RESET
22
8
4
PB7
PLED1
1
CS
21
PKEY4
100
R1054
PLED0
R1083
32
RST
PB6
TP647
R1055
R1084
(1/12-D6)
2
PIAL
WR
20
PKEY3
7
BUZZER
R1085
(10/12-C2)
35
PB5
19
PKEY2
100
C
IO_WRL
RD
18
100
R1056
1
(5/12-E6)
44
PDAT7
(8/12-D5)
C
IO_RDL
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K
TP651
PLED0
C
PB3
PB4
(5/12-E6)
R1057
PDAT6
5
A1
16
6
2
4
PB2
5
PKEY5
C
IA1
A0
4
PKEY4
4
5
15
PKEY3
PKEY1
100
TP640
F
PKEY0
100
R1058
4
PB1
3
C
IA[2..0]
14
PKEY2
3
PB0
2
100
R1059
VCC
PDAT5
D7
IA[2..0]
IA0
36
1
PKEY1
6
PA7
R1060
PDAT4
TP652
R1072
D6
37
PDAT3
TP641
R1073
PA6
PKEY0
100
TP653
R1074
(12/12-B2)
24
D5
38
R1075
ID7
PA5
39
R1076
25
D4
40
R1077
ID6
PA4
R1061
R1078
26
PA3
D3
PDAT2
R1079
ID5
D2
R1062
C
27
R1063
PDAT1
100
TP642
1
28
ID4
41
CN602
PDAT0
100
TP654
4
29
ID3
PA2
42
C
ID2
D1
43
TP643
R1064
30
PA1
R1065
ID1
D0
R1066
(7/12-F7)
(9/12-E7)
(12/12-D2)
31
R1067
ID0
(6/12-F7)
R1068
PA0
(5/12-F5)
R1069
U634
R1070
ID[7..0]
R1071
ID[7..0]
10
U630E
11
U601F
13
12
12
U630F
13
GND
A
6-11
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Image controller (9/12)
PIX[7..0]
PIX[7..0]
(10/12-F2)
XPIX[7..0]
U625
PIX0
2
PIX1
3
PIX2
4
PIX3
5
PIX4
6
PIX5
7
PIX6
8
PIX7
9
1
19
A1
Y1
A2
Y2
A3
Y3
A4
Y4
A5
Y5
A6
Y6
A7
Y7
A8
Y8
18
XPIX0
R991
17
XPIX1
R992
16
XPIX2
R993
15
XPIX3
R994
14
XPIX4
R995
13
XPIX5
R996
12
XPIX6
R997
VCC
22
47P C698
22
47P C699
22
R998
XPIX7
11
A2
A3
22
XPIX0
22
XPIX2
47P C700
A5
22
XPIX4
47P C702
A6
47P C704
A7
22
A4
VCC
G1
XPIX6
G2
R987
10K
GND
R989
10K
R999
10K
R1004
10K
A8
47P C706
A9
47P C708
A10
A11
(10/12-F2)
(10/12-F6)
R988
VENB
PIXCLK
47P C710
A12
220
4
3
2
1
A13
R990
0
U624B
U624A
47P C712
A14
A15
A16
ID[7..0]
(5/12-F5)(6/12-F7)(7/12-F7)(8/12-F8)(12/12-D2)
VCC
CN607
A1
22
VENB
PIXRDY
PIXCLK
VCC
VCC
VCC
PIX0
PIX1
PIX2
PIX3
PIX4
PIX5
GND
GND
PIX6
PIX7
RXD
TXD
GND
GND
RTS
CTS
CPRDY
DTR
PPRDY
DSR
EXT0
EXT1
EXT2
EXT3
EXT4
EXT5
330
JP603
R794
4.7K
B1
B2
B3
XPIX1
B5
XPIX3
47P C701
B6
XPIX5
47P C703
CTS
DB3
DSR
DB2
B7
B8
VCC
TP601
47P C707
B10
47P C709
R1002
10K
B11
B12
CTSL
B13
B14
VCC
10
VCC
12
IA0
R966
10K
R973
10K
(1/12-C6)
(1/12-C6)
U630A
2
TXINT
RXINT
TP638
15
1
U621F
12
TP639
14
13
TP637
16
R1033
10K
(7/12-D1)
(1/12-D6)
18
20
7.3728MHz
GND
21
RST
VCC
B16
TRNCLK
DB0
CS
RD
CN606
CMDT
TRNRDY
RCVRDY
SYNC/BRK
VCC
TRNEMP
CLOCK
VCC
RST
GND
26
4
10
3
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
DIR
R1000
22
R1001
22
R1003
22
18
17
16
RAMWRL
(10/12-B3)
RAMRDL
C730
0.1uF
EXT2
3
EXT3
4
EXT4
5
EXT5
6
U624C
6
C741
C742
C743
C745
C746
C747
47P
47P
47P
47P
47P
47P GND
11
10
SRA1
9
SRA2
8
SRA3
7
SRA4
6
SRA5
5
SRA6
4
SRA7
3
SRA8
25
SRA9
24
SRA10
21
SRA11
23
SRA12
2
SRA13
26
SRA14
1
U624D
U624E
GND
8
C
10
14
13
12
13
U624F
12
11
VCC
19
EG
U628
SRA0
9
15
GND
C697
0.1uF
2
U626
2
1
VCC
1
EXT1
8
5
9
SRA[14..0]
EXT0
7
8
(10/12-B3)
D
VCC
WR
7
GND
C770
0.1uF
GND
VCC
C732
0.1uF
C643
0.1uF
25
6
C731
0.1uF
C640
0.1uF
9
5
C740
0.1uF
C601
100uF
GND
C737
0.1uF
4
SRA[14..0]
C604
100uF
GND
ENGCLK
(10/12-F6)
C635
100uF
VCC
GND
(7/12-C1)
E
47P C713
B15
22
A0
I/O0
A1
I/O1
A2
I/O2
A3
I/O3
A4
I/O4
A5
I/O5
A6
I/O6
A7
I/O7
11
SRD0
12
SRD1
13
SRD2
15
SRD3
16
SRD4
17
SRD5
18
SRD6
19
SRD7
10K R957
13
IO_RDL
IO_WRL
(8/12-C5)
47P C711
GND
10K R956
SCU1L
F
1
XPIX7
B9
GND
10K R958
(5/12-E6)
(5/12-E6)
2
TP635
47P C705
13
(10/12-C2)
1
17
DB1
RCVCLK
11
3
23
24
10K R960
ID0 27
DTR
10K R959
ID1 28
DB4
2
3
10K R962
ID2 1
RTS
10K R963
ID3 2
RCVDT
DB5
PSG
1
GND
C639
100uF
10K R961
ID4 5
DB6
B
TP662
12 U631F
ID5 6
CG
LED605
B4
CN603
CB
4
19
11
IA[2..0]
TRNDT
U631E
ID6 7
(12/12-B2)
DB7
L605
2
U633
ID7 8
R811
RSINT
(10/12-B3)
SRD[7..0]
SRD[7..0]
(10/12-F6)
B
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
CS
A13
OE
A14
WE
20
22
27
GND
A
6-12
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Image controller (10/12)
F
(9/12-E8)
PIX[7..0]
PIXCLK
4700p
A[31..2]
SRD[7..0]
(1/12-D2)
CENCK
(1/12-D6)
RSTL
(11/12-A5)
BE3L
(11/12-A5)
BE2L
(11/12-A5)
BE1L
(11/12-A5)
(1/12-D2)
(1/12-D2)
(1/12-C2)
SRD[7..0]
150
153
8
PCLK1
(7/12-B4)
(1/12-C2)
A31
A30
A29
A28
A27
A26
A25
A24
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
100
R717
RDL
100
R698
DENL
READYL
(2/12-C8)
FROML
(2/12-C8)
FOEL
(2/12-B8)
FWE3L
FWE2L
FWE1L
235
236
237
238
239
240
242
244
245
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
256
257
260
262
263
264
265
266
268
269
270
271
272
274
275
R699
WAITL
(1/12-D6)
100
48
49
7
5
50
75
100
R716
100
176
177
181
180
179
178
TP628
189
190
TP627
(2/12-C8)
FWE0L
(2/12-B8)
BFROML
(2/12-B8)
D31
D30
D29
D28
D27
D26
D25
D24
D23
D22
D21
D20
D19
D18
D17
D16
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
R917
ADSL
BLASTL
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
22
23
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
37
38
40
41
42
43
47
46
45
44
BE0L
(1/12-C2)
(5/12-B8)
191
192
193
BFOEL
EEPROML
(5/12-B8)
EEPOEL
(5/12-B8)
EEPWEL
SRA14
SRA13
SRA12
SRA11
SRA10
SRA9
SRA8
SRA7
SRA6
SRA5
SRA4
SRA3
SRA2
SRA1
SRA0
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
215
216
219
220
221
222
SRD7
SRD6
SRD5
SRD4
SRD3
SRD2
SRD1
SRD0
223
224
225
226
227
230
233
234
PCLK
CCLK
RSTL
SKY_SELL
REFL
A31
A30
A29
A28
A27
A26
A25
A24
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
MA10
MA9
MA8
MA7
MA6
MA5
MA4
MA3
MA2
MA1
MA0
MD31
MD30
MD29
MD28
MD27
MD26
MD25
MD24
MD23
MD22
MD21
MD20
MD19
MD18
MD17
MD16
MD15
MD14
MD13
MD12
MD11
MD10
MD9
MD8
MD7
MD6
MD5
MD4
MD3
MD2
MD1
MD0
BE3L
BE2L
BE1L
BE0L
D31
D30
D29
D28
D27
D26
D25
D24
D23
D22
D21
D20
D19
D18
D17
D16
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RAS5L
RAS4L
RAS3L
RAS2L
RAS1L
RAS0L
CAS3AL
CAS2AL
CAS1AL
CAS0AL
U617
CAS3BL
CAS2BL
CAS1BL
CAS0BL
DWEL
CLL
N620L
SM2T1
SM2T0
SM1T1
SM1T0
ADSL
RDL
WAITL
DENL
BLASTL
READYL
IOSELL
IORDL
IOWRL
SCU01L
SCU0L
SCU1L
SCU2L
FROML
FOEL
FWE3L
FWE2L
FWE1L
FWE0L
PTCL
PIAL
DIPRDL
BFROML
BFOEL
RSVCS1L
RSVCS2L
RSVCS3L
EEPROML
EEPOEL
EEPWEL
RSVCSL
RSVOEL
RSVWRL
SRA14
SRA13
SRA12
SRA11
SRA10
SRA9
SRA8
SRA7
SRA6
SRA5
SRA4
SRA3
SRA2
SRA1
SRA0
CEFL
CFFL
CRSTL
CRDL
CWRL
CDWRL
COEL
CSTBH
CBSYH
CACKL
AFXT
INIT
SELIN
PE
SELECT
NFAULT
ATP1
ATP0
SRD7
SRD6
SRD5
SRD4
SRD3
SRD2
SRD1
SRD0
RAMRDL
RAMWRL
53
147
VCC
160
162
163
164
165
167
168
170
171
173
174
GMA10
GMA9
GMA8
GMA7
GMA6
GMA5
GMA4
GMA3
GMA2
GMA1
GMA0
76
77
78
81
84
85
86
87
88
89
91
92
93
94
96
97
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
108
109
112
114
115
116
117
118
GMD31
GMD30
GMD29
GMD28
GMD27
GMD26
GMD25
GMD24
GMD23
GMD22
GMD21
GMD20
GMD19
GMD18
GMD17
GMD16
GMD15
GMD14
GMD13
GMD12
GMD11
GMD10
GMD9
GMD8
GMD7
GMD6
GMD5
GMD4
GMD3
GMD2
GMD1
GMD0
E
137
136
135
134
133
132
RAS5L
(4/12-B8)
RAS4L
(4/12-C8)
RAS3L
(4/12-C8)
RAS2L
(4/12-C8)
RAS1L
(3/12-B8)
RAS0L
(3/12-B8)
CAS3AL
(3/12-B8)
CAS2AL
(3/12-B8)
C681
0.1uF
C678
0.1uF
C679
0.1uF
C680
0.1uF
C696
0.1uF
CAS0AL
(3/12-B8)
CAS3BL
(4/12-B8)
CAS2BL
(4/12-B8)
CAS1BL
(4/12-B8)
DWEL
55
CLL
GND
(4/12-B2)
R919
100
R918
100
182
186
185
197
194
195
196
(3/12-B8)
SM2T1
SM2T0
SM1T1
SM1T0
IOSELL
(4/12-C2)
(4/12-C2)
(4/12-C5)
(4/12-C5)
(5/12-F8)
IORDL
(5/12-E8)
IOWRL
(5/12-E8)
TP629
SCU01L
SCU0L
(5/12-D8)
SCU1L
(9/12-D8)
(7/12-E5)(7/12-F1)
SCU2L
198
295
294
PTCL
(7/12-B5)
PIAL
(8/12-E8)
TP611
R920
278
279
277
100
DIPRDL
RSVCS1L
(8/12-C8)
RSVCS2L
(7/12-B3)
TP614
200
201
203
156
158
293
285
286
289
292
148
280
281
149
151
155
282
283
284
2
1
RSVCS3L
BOOTCSL
(2/12-B8)
BOOTOEL
(2/12-B8)
BOOTWRL
(2/12-B8)
CEFL
(6/12-E7)
CFFL
(6/12-E7)
CRDL
(6/12-E7)
CWRL
(6/12-E7)
TP613
CDWRL
TP612
RAMRDL
COEL
CSTBH
(6/12-D7)
CBSYH
(6/12-D7)
(9/12-A7)
(9/12-A7)
SCLK
TXD
RXD
RSINT
RXINT
TXINT
73
74
52
70
72
71
TP608
TP607
VCC
TP610
TP609
C687
0.1uF
C685
0.1uF
C684
0.1uF
C683
0.1uF
(6/12-C7)
INIT
(6/12-C7)
SELIN
NFAULT
RXINT
(1/12-C6)(9/12-F2)
RXD
(6/12-C7)
(6/12-D7)
SELECT
TXINT
RSINT
C686
0.1uF
(6/12-D7)
AFXT
PE
GND
C
(6/12-E7)
CRSTL
57
56
D
(4/12-B8)
CAS0BL
130
129
127
126
TP606
GND
(3/12-B8)
CAS1AL
124
123
121
120
152
146
145
144
142
139
(7/12-D4)
REFL
RAMWRL
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
C619
0.1uF
(12/12-F7)
GMD[31..0]
CACKL
VCC
(12/12-F7)
GMA[10..0]
GMD[31..0]
4
3
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
67
GND
VENB
(9/12-B3)
NFM61R00T101
SRA[14..0]
PIXCLK
PIX7
PIX6
PIX5
PIX4
PIX3
PIX2
PIX1
PIX0
SRA[14..0]
GMA[10..0]
VCC
D[31..0]
D[31..0]
6
21
36
51
65
66
79
80
95
110
111
125
140
141
154
159
169
183
184
199
213
214
228
229
243
258
259
273
287
288
A[31..2]
(9/12-B7)
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
(11/12-F2)
(2/12-F8)(5/12-F8)(11/12-F2)
(9/12-E8)
VENB
GND
(9/12-F7)
PIX[7..0]
PIX0
PIX1
PIX2
PIX3
PIX4
PIX5
PIX6
PIX7
C618
L602
9
24
39
54
68
69
82
83
90
98
107
113
119
122
128
131
138
143
157
161
166
172
175
187
188
202
217
218
231
232
241
246
255
261
267
276
290
291
296
8
(6/12-C7)
(6/12-C7)
ATP1
(8/12-D5)
ATP0
(8/12-D5)
B
TXD
SCLK
C682
0.1uF
GND
A
6-13
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
A[31..2]
(1/12-F1)
CD[31..0]
(1/12-F1)
CA[31..2]
(2/12-F8)
CD[31..0]
VCC
VCC
CA[31..2]
R916
10K
R915
10K
R914
10K
R913
10K
R912
10K
R911
10K
R910
10K
CA31
R909
10K
A31
R636
10K
R635
10K
R634
10K
R633
10K
R632
10K
R631
10K
R630
10K
CD31
D[31..0]
R750
CA29
R749
33
A30
CD30
R872
A29
CD29
R871
33
R748
CA27
R747
CA26
R746
A28
CD28
R870
A27
CD27
R869
A26
CD26
R868
R744
D29
D28
D27
33
33
R745
F
33
33
CA24
(10/12-F6)
D30
33
33
CA25
(2/12-F8)
(5/12-F8)
33
33
CA28
D31
R873
33
CA30
Image controller (11/12)
(5/12-B8)
(10/12-F6)
R637
10K
R751
1
D26
33
A25
CD25
R867
A24
CD24
R866
33
D25
33
33
D24
33
VCC
VCC
E
R908
10K
R907
10K
R906
10K
R905
10K
R904
10K
R903
10K
R902
10K
R901
10K
R629
10K
CA23
R743
CA22
R742
R628
10K
R627
10K
R626
10K
R625
10K
R624
10K
R623
10K
R622
10K
A23
CD23
R865
A22
CD22
R864
33
33
CA21
R741
CA20
R740
CA19
R739
CA18
R738
A21
CD21
R863
A20
CD20
R862
A19
CD19
R861
A18
CD18
R860
D19
33
33
R736
D20
33
33
R737
D21
33
33
CA16
D22
33
33
CA17
D23
33
D18
33
A17
CD17
R859
A16
CD16
R858
33
D17
33
33
D16
33
VCC
D
VCC
R900
10K
R899
10K
R898
10K
R897
10K
R896
10K
R895
10K
R894
10K
R893
10K
R621
10K
CA15
R735
CA14
R734
R620
10K
R619
10K
R618
10K
R617
10K
R616
10K
R615
10K
R614
10K
A15
CD15
R857
A14
CD14
R856
33
33
CA13
R733
CA12
R732
CA11
R731
CA10
R730
A13
CD13
R855
A12
CD12
R854
A11
CD11
R853
A10
CD10
R852
D11
33
33
R728
D12
33
33
CA8
D13
33
33
R729
D14
33
33
CA9
D15
33
D10
33
A9
CD9
R851
A8
CD8
R850
33
C
D9
33
33
D8
33
VCC
VCC
R892
10K
R891
10K
R890
10K
R889
10K
R888
10K
R887
10K
R613
10K
CA7
R727
CA6
R726
R612
10K
R611
10K
R610
10K
R609
10K
R608
10K
R607
10K
R606
10K
A7
CD7
R849
A6
CD6
R848
33
33
CA5
R725
CA4
R724
CA3
R723
A5
CD5
R847
A4
CD4
R846
A3
CD3
R845
D5
33
33
D4
33
33
B
D3
33
A2
R722
D6
33
33
CA2
D7
33
CD2
R844
CD1
R843
CD0
R842
33
D2
33
VCC
D1
33
R883
10K
(1/12-D2)
CBE3L
(1/12-D2)
CBE2L
(1/12-D2)
CBE1L
(1/12-D2)
CBE0L
R884
10K
R885
10K
R886
10K
D0
33
R718
33
R719
33
R720
33
R721
33
BE3L
(10/12-E6)
BE2L
(10/12-D6)
BE1L
(2/12-F3)(5/12-E8)(10/12-D6)
BE0L
(5/12-E8)(10/12-D6)
A
6-14
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Image controller (12/12)
MD[31..0]
(10/12-F2)
GMA[10..0]
(10/12-F2)
GMD[31..0]
GMA[10..0]
MA[10..0]
MD[31..0]
(3/12-F8)(4/12-F8)
MA[10..0]
(3/12-F8)(4/12-F8)
GMD[31..0]
VCC
VCC
F
R666
10K
R667
10K
R668
10K
R669
10K
R670
10K
R671
10K
R672
10K
R673
10K
GMD31
R639
GMD30
R640
R773
10K
R774
10K
R775
10K
R776
10K
R777
10K
R778
10K
R779
10K
R780
10K
MD31
GMA10
R757
MD30
GMA9
R758
MA10
22
22
MA9
22
GMD29
R641
GMD28
R642
GMD27
R643
GMD26
R644
22
MD29
GMA8
R759
MD28
GMA7
R760
MD27
GMA6
R761
MD26
GMA5
R762
MA8
22
22
MA7
22
22
MA6
22
22
MA5
22
GMD25
R645
GMD24
R646
22
MD25
GMA4
R763
MD24
GMA3
R764
MA4
22
22
VCC
R674
10K
R675
10K
R676
10K
R677
10K
R678
10K
R679
10K
R680
10K
R647
GMD22
R648
MA3
22
VCC
R681
10K
GMD23
R781
10K
R782
10K
R783
10K
MD23
GMA2
R765
MD22
GMA1
R766
MA2
22
22
MA1
22
GMD21
R649
GMD20
R650
GMD19
R651
GMD18
R652
E
22
22
MD21
GMA0
MA0
R767
22
22
MD20
22
MD19
22
D
MD18
22
GMD17
R653
GMD16
R654
MD17
22
VCC
MD16
VCC
22
ID[7..0]
R682
10K
R683
10K
R684
10K
R685
10K
R686
10K
R687
10K
R688
10K
R689
10K
GMD15
R655
GMD14
R656
R841
10K
R840
10K
R839
10K
R838
10K
R837
10K
R836
10K
R835
10K
MD15
645ID7
R833
MD14
645ID6
R832
22
R657
GMD12
R658
GMD11
R659
MD13
645ID5
R831
MD12
645ID4
R830
MD11
645ID3
R829
R661
R662
MD10
645ID2
R691
10K
R692
10K
R768
10K
R769
10K
R770
10K
R771
10K
MD9
645ID1
R827
MD8
645ID0
R826
R663
GMD6
R664
GMD5
R665
R825
10K
R824
10K
IA[2..0]
R823
10K
MD7
541IA2
R822
MD6
541IA1
R821
MD5
541IA0
R820
R753
GMD2
R754
(5/12-E4)(7/12-E1)(7/12-E7)(8/12-E8)(9/12-E8)
IA2
IA1
33
22
R752
IA[2..0]
33
22
GMD3
ID0
33
VCC
22
GMD4
ID1
33
R772
10K
GMD7
ID2
33
22
R690
10K
C
ID3
R828
22
VCC
ID4
33
22
GMD8
ID5
33
22
GMD9
ID6
33
22
R660
ID7
33
22
GMD10
(5/12-F5)(6/12-F7)(7/12-F7)(8/12-F8)(9/12-E7)
33
22
GMD13
ID[7..0]
R834
10K
IA0
B
33
MD4
22
MD3
22
MD2
22
GMD1
R755
GMD0
R756
MD1
22
MD0
22
(5/12-F5)
645ID[7..0]
(5/12-E4)
541IA[2..0]
645ID[7..0]
541IA[2..0]
A
6-15
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
C. ENGIN CONTROLLER
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Engine controller (1/17)
(4/17-C7)
CTS0_MC
(4/17-C7)
RTS0_MC
(10/17-D7)
DTR1_IC
(10/17-C5)
DSR1_IC
(10/17-C5)
RXD1_IC
(10/17-E7)
TXD1_IC
VCC
PPCLK
DMA_CONTN
(3/17-D7)
(17/17-E7)
FAN_CONT
DOOR_VAL
FANSTS
(12/17-C8)
(12/17-E6)
(12/17-D4)
F
R405
10k
RBN
(5/17-F3)
VCC
DIPMD1
(4/17-D7)
RXD0_MC
HABA_VAL
RANK
THERM
REGI
DI
(4/17-D7)
TXD0_MC
(2/17-D8)
DOT_INTN
(2/17-F8)
MCNT_INTN
NF218
(4/17-B6)(10/17-F1)
(11/17-F5)
(11/17-C5)
(11/17-B5)
(11/17-A5)
(11/17-C5)
C378
0.1uF
VCC
Y203
1
VCC
NF207
N
F
2
3
C331
0.1uF
C332
10uF/50V A5V AGND
VCC
U228
TC7S08FU
1
B
DB8
DB9
DB10
DB11
DB12
DB13
DB14
DB15
R342
R349
R341
R348
R340
R347
R339
R346
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
R338 47
R345 47
R337
R344
R336
R343
R335
R334
47
47
47
47
47
47
ADR0
ADR1
ADR2
ADR3
ADR4
ADR5
V
GND
4
Y
2
A
C330
0.1uF
CPURSTN
R236
47k
vcc
fs4
clkout
GND
5
47 R464
C327
15pF
33
33
33
REDREQ1N
DACK1N
REDREQ0N
DACK0N
EC_INTREQ0
PM_CLK
HLDT
BREQN
(17/17-F5)
GND
(2/17-F2)
(17/17-F5)
(2/17-F2)
SYSTEM_CLK
(4/17-F7)
(2/17-A8)
(6/17-B8)(17/17-F5)
(2/17-F8)
BACKN
RDN
WRHN
WRLN
(2/17-F2)
(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-D7)
(2/17-F2)
(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-C8)(5/17-F7)
C328
15pF
GND
(2/17-F2)
(3/17-F7)
(4/17-D2)
(17/17-E3)
C
C305
15PF
VCC
R398 R330 R403 R396
47k
47k
47k
47k
D
Y202
(16MHz)
(13/17-D6)
47
VCC
fs3
E
6
(2/17-F2)
(3/17-F7)
(4/17-D2)
(17/17-E2)
R350
R399
R401
R400
gnd
8
7
GND
KILLERN
VCC
GND
GND
VCC VCC
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
C307
U221
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
4
x2
oe
GND
3
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
VCC
VCC
MD2
MD1
MD0
RESN
WDTOVFN
VCC
NMI
VCC
XTAL
EXTAL
VSS
CK
VCC
DREQ1N
DACK1N
DREQ0N
DACK0N
PA11
TIOCA1
PA9
BREQN
VSS
BACKN
RDN
WRHN
WRLN
A6
A7
VSS
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
VSS
A16
A17
VCC
A18
A19
A20
A21
CS0N
CASHN
CS2N
CASLN
VSS
CS4N
RASN
PA2/CS6N/TIOCB0
PA3/CS7N/WAITN
(4/17-C7)
(4/17-C7)
IRQ6N
IRQ7N
VSS
AD0
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
VSS
AD8
AD9
VCC
AD10
AD11
AD12
AD13
AD14
AD15
VSS
A0(HBSN)
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
GND
0.1uF
C304
0.1uF
GND
R397 33
TOTORO_CSN
(3/17-F7)
EEPCSN
(5/17-D2)
DRAM_RASN
(5/17-C8)
TETRA_CSN
(2/17-F2)
DRAM_CASLN
(5/17-C8)
FROM_CSN
(5/17-D7)
DRAM_CASHN
(5/17-C8)
R329 33
R333 47
(2/17-D1)(3/17-F7)(5/17-F7)
ADR18
ADR19
ADR16
ADR17
ADR8
ADR9
ADR10
ADR11
ADR12
ADR13
ADR14
ADR15
R402 33
ADR6
ADR7
DB[15..0]
(2/17-C1)
(3/17-E7)
(5/17-C2)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Y_INT
Y_ENB
IRQ5N
IRQ4N
TXD1
RXD1
TXD0
RXD0
VSS
PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3/TP3/TIOCB3
PB2/TP2/TIOCA3
VCC
PB1/TP1/TIOCB2
PB0/TP0/TIOCA2
VSS
PC7
PC6
PC5/AN5
PC4/AN4
AVSS
AN3
AN2
AN1
AN0
AVREF
AVCC
GND
G
0.1uF
R463
0
C329
0.1uF
5
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
C306
x1
R332 47
R395 33
ADR[19..0]
R306 47
B
A
6-16
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
(5/17-B8)
(5/17-A8)
DRM_RASN
DRM_CASN
(1/17-E8)
MCNT_INTN
(4/17-E7)
(17/17-E7)(17/17-F3)
(1/17-C2)
LPOUT1
DREQ[1..0]N
BREQN
(7/17-C8)
HD_DT[3..0]
6
5
4
PAD4
PAD3
3
2
Engine controller (2/17)
1
1
RD209
10k
DRM_WEN
DACK[1..0]N
BACKN
KILLERN
RDN
WRHN
TETRA_CSN
WRLN
SYSTEM_CLK
DACK1N
DACK0N
DREQ1N
1
PAD5
PAD
DREQ0N
1
C287
(5/17-B8)
(1/17-D2)(1/17-C2)
(1/17-C2)
(1/17-D2)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E2)
(1/17-C2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-D7)
(1/17-C2)
(1/17-B2)
(1/17-C2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-C8)(5/17-F7)
(1/17-C1)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E3)
F
208
207
206
205
204
203
202
201
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
193
192
191
190
189
188
187
186
185
184
183
182
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
HD_DT3
HD_DT2
HD_DT1
HD_DT0
(11/17-E2)
(11/17-D2)
(7/17-C8)
LPB
LPA
HD_LTCLK
(7/17-B8)
HD_CLK
(1/17-E8)
DOT_INTN
(8/17-F8)
SUBH[3..0]
SUBH2
SUBH3
SUBH1
SUBH0
(13/17-E8)
CLK_DA
(13/17-E8)
(13/17-E8)
LD_DA
DATA_DA
(8/17-C8)
DI_RNKSEL2
DI_RNKSEL1
DI_RNKSEL0
(12/17-B8)
SOL_CONT
(4/17-F7)
EC_INTREQ1
DI_RNKSEL[2..0]
(12/17-F6)
(12/17-D6)
MEDIAS_VAL
PURHP_VAL
(14/17-E8)
(10/17-E1)
(17/17-D8)
(4/17-B4)
PPOW_CONL
XEXT0
IPLOTH
XTANK
CRC_CK
CRC_DATA
HD_DT2
HD_DT1
HD_DT0
Vcc
GND
LPB
LPA
HD_LTCLK
RS0
RS1
HD_CLK
Vcc
GND
DOT_INTN
Vcc
GND
HDSL2
HDSL1
HDSL0
SUBH4
SUBH3
SUBH2
SUBH1
Vcc
SUBH0
GND
Vcc
PORT_A7
GND
PORT_A6
PORT_A5
PORT_A4
PORT_A3
PORT_A2
PORT_A1
PORT_A0
Vcc
GND
PORT_B7
Vcc
GND
PORT_B6
PORT_B5
PORT_B4
PORT_B3
PORT_B2
PORT_B1
PORT_B0
Vcc
GND
PORT_C7
PORT_C6
U212
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
C284
1
VCC
TDO
TDI
GND
Vcc
MPU_ADR0
MPU_ADR1
MPU_ADR2
MPU_ADR3
MPU_ADR4
MPU_ADR5
MPU_ADR6
GND
Vcc
MPU_ADR7
MPU_ADR8
MPU_ADR9
GND
Vcc
MPU_DB0
MPU_DB1
MPU_DB2
MPU_DB3
MPU_DB4
GND
MPU_DB5
Vcc
GND
MPU_DB6
Vcc
MPU_DB7
MPU_DB8
MPU_DB9
MPU_DB10
GND
MPU_DB11
MPU_DB12
MPU_DB13
MPU_DB14
MPU_DB15
GND
Vcc
GND
HSC_TRG0
HSC_TRG1
HSC_TRG2
HSC_TRG3
PGBN
PGB
PGAN
PGA
GND
Vcc
PORT_C5
PORT_C4
PORT_C3
PORT_C2
PORT_C1
PORT_C0
Vcc
GND
HD_SEL1
HD_SEL0
BUFENBN
Vcc
GND
P28SUP
P5SUPN
HRESET
Vcc
GND
PIXDT7
PIXDT6
PIXDT5
PIXDT4
PIXDT3
Vcc
PIXDT2
GND
Vcc
PIXDT1
GND
PIXDT0
PIXRDY
SCK
CCLK
CBSY
REGI1
REGI0
PGCLK
Vcc
GND
Vcc
GND
PIXCLK
N.C.
PHSEN
Vcc
GND
VENB
PPRDY
SBSY
PCLK
SCLK
CRDIR
(9/17-E8)
(9/17-E8)
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
PAD2 PAD1
PAD PAD
HD_DT3
DRM_CS3
DRM_CS2
DRM_CS1
DRM_CS0
GND
Vcc
BREQN
DMAREQ0
DMAREQ1
DMAREQ2
GND
Vcc
LPOUT1
LPOUT2
GND
Vcc
GND
MCNT_INT
PTRN_INT
DRM_CASN
DRM_RASN
DRM_WEN
GND
PTRN_OUT
Vcc
GND
GND
Vcc
DACK1
DACK0
TRST
BACKN
RESETN
TCNTSL0
TCNTSL1
TCNTSL2
TCNTSL3
MPU_RDN
GND
Vcc
MPU_HWRN
MPU_CSN
MPU_LWRN
MPU_ASN
TESTUDN
TESTLDN
CPU_CLK
RAMTEST
CLK
TMS
TCK
0.1uF
0.1uF
156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149
148
147
146
145
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
1
C273
RD207
10k
E
ADR1
ADR2
ADR3
ADR4
ADR5
ADR6
ADR7
ADR8
ADR9
ADR10
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
ADR[10..1]
(1/17-B7)
(3/17-F7)
(5/17-F7)
D
DB5
DB6
DB7
DB8
DB9
DB10
DB11
DB12
DB13
DB14
DB15
R265
R266
R268
R267
NF206
HSC_TRG0
HSC_TRG1
HSC_TRG2
HSC_TRG3
33
33
33
33
DB[15..0]
(1/17-D8)
(3/17-E7)
(5/17-C2)
HSC_TRG[3..0]
(3/17-C7)
C
VCC
N
F
C286
0.1uF
GND
PGXB
PGB
PGXA
PGA
CRDIR
(14/17-C8)
(14/17-C8)
(14/17-C8)
(14/17-D8)
(3/17-D7)
OSBSY
OPPRDY
OVENB
(10/17-E7)
(17/17-F5)
(17/17-F3)
B
0.1uF
(10/17-D5)
ICBSY
(11/17-D1)
(1/17-C2)
REGI0
PM_CLK
IPIXDT0
COMDIR
COMLT
COMDAT
COMCLK
HD_SEL[1..0]
IPIXDT1
(9/17-F8)
(9/17-F8)
(9/17-E5)
(9/17-F8)
(7/17-B8)
IPIXDT2
OPIXCLK
BUFENBN
P28SUP
P5SUPN
HRESET
IPIXDT[7..0]
IPIXRDY
CRCDET
IPIXDT7
IPIXDT6
IPIXDT5
IPIXDT4
IPIXDT3
(17/17-D8)
(6/17-D8)(8/17-D8)
(8/17-C8)
(8/17-C8)
(8/17-E8)
(17/17-D2)
(17/17-F6)
(9/17-E8)
HD_SEL1
HD_SEL0
(12/17-E6) CRG_HPVAL
A
6-17
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Engine controller (3/17)
(1/17-C1)(2/17-F2)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E3)
SYSTEM_CLK
(1/17-D2)(2/17-F2)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E2)
KILLERN
TOTORO_CSN
WRLN
RDN
(1/17-B7)(2/17-D1)(5/17-F7)
ADR[9..0]
F
PAD10
RD201
ADR0
ADR1
ADR2
ADR3
ADR4
(1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(5/17-D7)
1
(1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(5/17-C8)(5/17-F7)
ADR5
ADR6
ADR7
ADR8
ADR9
(1/17-B2)
PAD9
10k
1
1
PAD8
C256
0.1uF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
RD205
PAD6 PAD7
CRDIR
PPCLK
HSC_TRG0
HSC_TRG1
HSC_TRG2
HSC_TRG3
TSTOUT2
TSTOUT3
GND
TSTOUT4
TSTOUT5
TSTOUT6
TSTOUT7
GND
TSTOUT8
TSTOUT9
TSTOUT10
TSTOUT11
BLKNUM00
BLKNUM01
BLKNUM02
VCC
GND
BLKNUM03
GND
BLKNUM10
BLKNUM11
BLKNUM12
BLKNUM13
GND
BLKNUM20
BLKNUM21
BLKNUM22
BLKNUM23
GND
BLKNUM30
BLKNUM31
BLKNUM32
BLKNUM33
GND
HSC_TRG[3..0]
E
VCC
NF202
N
F
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
OHTP[3..0]
(6/17-F8)
D
OHTP3
OHTP2
OHTP1
OHTP0
EHTP[3..0]
(6/17-E8)
EHTP3
EHTP2
EHTP1
EHTP0
HOLDTRG[3..0]
(17/17-D7)
HOLDTRG3
HOLDTRG2
HOLDTRG1
HOLDTRG0
C
C211
0.1uF
GND
C229
0.1uF
GND
BLKNUM30
BLKNUM31
BLKNUM32
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
(2/17-B1)
U204
BLKNUM20
BLKNUM21
BLKNUM22
(2/17-B1)
(1/17-F3)
GND
BLKTYPE
EDR
EPRTDIR
GND
E0ECLK0
E0ECLK1
E0ECLK2
E0ECLK3
GND
E1ELD3
E1ELD2
E1ELD1
E1ELD0
GND
OHTP3
OHTP2
GND
VCC
OHTP1
OHTP0
GND
EHTP3
EHTP2
GND
EHTP1
EHTP0
GND
HOLDTRG3
HOLDTRG2
HOLDTRG1
HOLDTRG0
GND
VCC
BLKNUM10
BLKNUM11
BLKNUM12
10k
VCC
GND
MDB0
MDB1
MDB2
MDB3
GND
VCC
MDB4
MDB5
MDB6
MDB7
VCC
TDI
TDO
VCC
GND
CLK2
GND
RESOUTN
GND
CRDIRI
IPPCLK
GND
HSYNCTRG0
HSYNCTRG1
HSYNCTRG2
HSYNCTRG3
TEST1
TEST0
VCC
GND
TSTOUT0
TSTOUT1
BLKNUM00
BLKNUM01
BLKNUM02
DB[15..0]
1
1
(1/17-D8)(2/17-C1)(5/17-C2)
GND
GND
MAB0
MAB1
MAB2
MAB3
MAB4
GND
MAB5
MAB6
MAB7
MAB8
MAB9
GND
MRDN
MWRN
MCSN
MASN
GND
VCC
ADDSEL
GND
TRST
TMS
TCK
GND
RESETN
GND
TESETSEL2
TESTSEL1
TESTSEL0
GND
CLK32
GND
VCC
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
C228
0.1uF
BLKNUM3[2..0]
(7/17-D8)
BLKNUM2[2..0]
(7/17-E8)
BLKNUM1[2..0]
(6/17-B8)
BLKNUM0[2..0]
(6/17-C8)
B
A
6-18
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Engine controller (4/17)
VCC
47k
R235
(1/17-C2)
EC_INTREQ0
(2/17-C7)
EC_INTREQ1
D/A1
(16/17-E8)
D/A0
(15/17-E8)
INK1
INK0
(11/17-D5)
(11/17-E5)
F
R234
47
C221
1000pF
GND
A5V
(2/17-F8)
(15/17-D8)(15/17-F6)
LPOUT1
MTP[7..1]
MTP1
MTP2
MTP3
MTP4
MTP5
MTP6
MTP7
D204
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
VCC
C206
0.1uF
VCC
R205 R204
47K 47K
(1/17-E8)
RXD0_MC
(1/17-E8)
TXD0_MC
(1/17-F8)
(1/17-F8)
(1/17-D6)
(1/17-D6)
CTS0_MC
RTS0_MC
Y_INT
Y_ENB
(12/17-E4)
INKCONN
HINKCONN
HINK
MTP9
MTP10
MTP11
MTP12
MTP13
MTP14
MTP15
GND
R437
VCC
5
6
7
8
R264
12k
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
VCC
R261
4.7k
D
SYSTEM_CLK (1/17-C1)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(17/17-E3)
KILLERN
(1/17-D2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(17/17-E2)
GND
C
C219
0.1uF
J217
4
U202
MD2
MD1
MD0
P66
P65
P64
P63
VCC
XTAL
EXTAL
VSS
NMI
RESN
STBYN
CK_OUT
P62
P61
P60
VSS
P53
P52
P51
P50
P27
P26
VCC
D209
3
VCC
TP8
TP9
TP10
TP11
TP12
TP13
TP14
TP15
RES0N
VSS
TXD0(RXD0_MC)
TXD1
RXD0(TXD0_MC)
RXD1
P94/SCK0/IRQ4N
P95/SCK1/IRQ5N
P40
P41
P42
P43
VSS
P44
P45
P46
C250
0.1uF
VCC
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
12k
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
NF203
N
F
P47
P30
P31
P32
P33
P34
P35
P36
P37
VCC
P10
P11
P12
P13
P14
P15
P16
P17
VSS
P20
P21
P22
P23
P24
P25
VCC
1
E
VCC
MTP[15..9]
(11/17-C1)
AGND
10uF/50V
C225
TP7
TP6
TP5
TP4
TP3
TP2
TP1
TP0
VSS
P84
P83/IRQ3N
P82/IRQ2N
P81/IRQ1N
P80/IRQ0N
AVSS
DA1
DA0
P75
P74
P73
P72
P71
P70
VREF
AVCC
(16/17-D8)(16/17-F6)
C224
0.1uF
1
R446
12k
2
3
(12/17-E4)
(10/17-E1)
(10/17-E1)
(10/17-E1)
(10/17-E1)
(10/17-E1)
(10/17-E1)
(1/17-E3)(10/17-F1)
GND
TANK
XEXT0
XEXT1
XEXT2
XEXT3
XEXT4
XEXT5
XTANK
(2/17-C8)
SCL
SDA
(13/17-C1)
(13/17-C1)
B
DIPMD1
4
5
6
7
8
C358
1.0uF/50V
GND
C359
0.1uF
GND
GND
A
6-19
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
(1/17-B7)(2/17-D1)(3/17-F7)
6
5
4
3
2
1
Engine controller (5/17)
ADR[19..0]
ADR10
ADR11
ADR9
ADR8
VCC
(1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)
WRLN
NF211
ADR17
F
VCC NF213
N
VCC
N
F
ADR16
ADR15
ADR14
ADR13
ADR12
ADR11
ADR10
ADR9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
ADR19
ADR18
ADR8
ADR7
ADR6
ADR5
ADR4
ADR3
ADR2
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
NC
NC
WEN
RESETN
NC
NC
RY/BYN
NC
A17
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
F
U218
U219
A16
BYTEN
VSS
D15/A-1
D7
D14
D6
D13
D5
D12
D4
VCC
D11
D3
D10
D2
D9
D1
D8
D0
OEN
VSS
CEN
A0
C303
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
ADR12
ADR7
ADR6
ADR5
ADR4
ADR3
ADR2
ADR1
ADR0
0.1uF
DB15
DB7
DB14
DB6
DB13
DB5
DB12
DB4
(1/17-F3)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
RBN
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB11
DB3
DB10
DB2
DB9
DB1
DB8
DB0
RBN
A12
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
DQ0
DQ1
DQ2
VSS
VCC
WEN
NC
A8
A9
A11
RDN
A10
CSN
DQ7
DQ6
DQ5
DQ4
DQ3
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
C302
0.1uF
E
GND
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
(1/17-B2)
EEPCSN
GND
ADR1
(1/17-B2)
(1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)
FROM_CSN
RDN
D
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
VCC VCC
VCC NF212
N
R331
47K
(1/17-B2)
DRAM_CASHN
(1/17-B2)
DRAM_CASLN
(1/17-B2)
DRAM_RASN
DRM_WEN
C280VCC
GND 0.1uF
DRM_RASN
ADR1
ADR2
ADR3
ADR4
U214A
8
(2/17-F8)
WRLN
1
1A
7
1Y
1B
VCC
GND
R452
47k
5
6
R453
(2/17-F8)
DRM_CASN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
C301
11
0.1uF
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
VCC
D0
D1
D2
D3
VCC
D4
D5
D6
D7
NC
NC
NC
WEN
RASN
NC
NC
A0
A1
A2
A3
VCC
VSS
D15
D14
D13
D12
VSS
D11
D10
D9
D8
NC
NC
LCASN
UCASN
OEN
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
VSS
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
DB15
DB14
DB13
DB12
DB11
DB10
DB9
DB8
2A
2Y
ADR5
ADR6
ADR7
ADR8
ADR9
ADR10
C
DB[15..0]
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
GND
R450
47
4
2
V
(2/17-F2)
G
(1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)
R307
47K
U216
F
(1/17-D8)(2/17-C1)(3/17-E7)
B
3
R451 47
2B
U214B
47
A
6-20
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Engine controller (6/17)
1
1
4
4
1
1
VCC
4
4
VCC
OHTP1
OHTP2
OHTP3
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
EHTP0
EHTP1
19
1
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
C
C
C
C
C
6
5
3
2
F
O_OHTP1
O_OHTP2
O_OHTP3
O_EHTP0
G
DIR
O_EHTP1
E
3
2
6
5
3
2
6
O_EHTP3
5
O_EHTP2
EHTP3
C
C
C
C
1
4
4
GND
1
GND
C
GND
4
GND
C
GND
4
GND
C
GND
1
C
R246 R245 R244 R243 R242 R241 R221 R218
DA211A DA211B DA211C DA211D DA210A DA210B DA210C DA210D
10K
10K 10K 10K
10K 10K 10K
10K
1
VCC
(9/17-D8)
O_OHTP0
EHTP2
EHTP[3..0]
(2/17-A8)(8/17-D8)
6
GND
5
U205
OHTP0
(3/17-D2)
C
O_OHTP[3..0]
3
OHTP[3..0]
2
(3/17-D2)
C
C
DA208A DA208B DA208C DA208D DA209A DA209B DA209C DA209D
C212
0.1uF
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
O_EHTP[3..0]
(9/17-C8)
GND
BUFENBN
D
BENB0[2..0]
(3/17-B2)
BLKNUM00
BENB00
BLKNUM01
BENB01
BLKNUM02
BENB02
BLKNUM10
BENB10
BLKNUM11
BENB11
BLKNUM12
C
BENB12
HLDTRG
(3/17-B2)
(9/17-C8)
BLKNUM0[2..0]
(9/17-B8)
BLKNUM1[2..0]
BENB1[2..0]
(9/17-C8)
B
(1/17-C2)(17/17-F5)
HLDT
A
6-21
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Engine controller (7/17)
F
BENB2[2..0]
(3/17-B2)
(9/17-C8)
BLKNUM2[2..0]
(3/17-B2)
BLKNUM20
BENB20
BLKNUM21
BENB21
BLKNUM22
BENB22
BLKNUM30
BENB30
BLKNUM31
BENB31
BLKNUM32
BENB32
E
BLKNUM3[2..0]
BENB3[2..0]
(9/17-C8)
D
(9/17-C4)
O_HD_DT[3..0]
(2/17-F8)
HD_DT[3..0]
(2/17-E8)
(2/17-E8)
(2/17-A7)
HD_DT0
O_HD_DT0
HD_DT1
O_HD_DT1
HD_DT2
O_HD_DT2
HD_DT3
O_HD_DT3
HD_SEL0
O_HD_SEL0
HD_SEL1
O_HD_SEL1
HD_LTCLK
HD_CLK
C
O_HD_LTCLK
O_HD_CLK
(9/17-C4)
(9/17-C4)
HD_SEL[1..0]
O_HD_SEL[1..0]
(9/17-C4)
B
A
6-22
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Engine controller (8/17)
VCC
(2/17-D8)
SUBH1
SUBH2
SUBH3
19
1
HRESET
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
(9/17-B4)
F
GND
U211
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SUBH0
(2/17-A8)
O_SUBH[3..0]
C272
0.1uF
SUBH[3..0]
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
O_SUBH0
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
O_SUBH1
O_SUBH2
O_SUBH3
G
DIR
O_HRESET
(9/17-C4)
VCC
E
VCC
DA214
1
3
2
GND
GND
R301 R375 R368 R366 R364
10K
10K 10K 10K
10K
(2/17-A8)(6/17-D8)
GND
BUFENBN
GND
GND
GND
GND
D
(17/17-C7)
DRSL0
DRSL1
(17/17-C7)
TRI_ENBN
(9/17-B8)
C
(2/17-C8)
(2/17-C8)
(2/17-C8)
(2/17-A8) P5SUPN
(2/17-A8) P28SUP
DI_RNKSEL2
DI_RNKSEL1
DI_RNKSEL0
H5VCNTN
P26SUP
O_DI_RNKSEL2
O_DI_RNKSEL1
O_DI_RNKSEL0
R281
R282
R283
(9/17-C4)
(9/17-C4)
47
47
47
O_DI_RNKSEL[2..0]
1000pF1000pF1000pF
C254 C253 C252
(9/17-C4)
GND
B
A
6-23
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Engine controller (9/17)
XCRCDET
XCRCDAT
XCRCCK
(17/17-F3)
(17/17-F3)
(17/17-F3)
F
(2/17-A7)
(2/17-B7)
(2/17-B7)
COMCLK
COMLT
COMDIR
COM_CLK
COM_LT
COM_DIR
(9/17-B8)
(9/17-B8)
(9/17-B8)
VCC
U203
(2/17-B7)
(2/17-B7)
(2/17-B7)
CRCDET
CRC_DATA
CRC_CK
(2/17-A7)
R310 47
R309 47
R308 47
R289 R286 R287 R288
47k
47k
47k
47k
1
2
3
4
COMDAT
C226
0.1uF
8
7
6
5
GND
COM_DAT
OCRCDET
(9/17-B7)
CRC_DAT
(9/17-B7)
CRC_CLK
(9/17-B7)
(9/17-B8)
GND
E
C283
C281
1000pF
1000pF
C282
1000pF
GND
+26V
C239
C241
33PF
33PF
C240
C236
GND
C231
33PF
(6/17-F2)
(6/17-F2)
(6/17-F2)
(6/17-F2)
O_OHTP0
O_OHTP1
O_OHTP2
O_OHTP3
(6/17-E2)
(6/17-E2)
(6/17-E2)
(6/17-E2)
O_EHTP0
O_EHTP1
O_EHTP2
O_EHTP3
(6/17-C2)
(6/17-C2)
(6/17-C2)
(6/17-B2)
(6/17-B2)
(6/17-B2)
(7/17-F2)
(7/17-F2)
(7/17-F2)
(7/17-D2)
(7/17-D2)
(7/17-D2)
BENB00
BENB01
BENB02
BENB10
BENB11
BENB12
BENB20
BENB21
BENB22
BENB30
BENB31
BENB32
(6/17-B3)
HLDTRG
(9/17-E5)
OCRCDET
(9/17-E3)
(9/17-F5)
(9/17-F5)
(9/17-F5)
(9/17-E5)
(9/17-E5)
(8/17-C1)
COM_DAT
COM_CLK
COM_LT
COM_DIR
CRC_CLK
CRC_DAT
TRI_ENBN
33PF
C232
C238
33PF 33PF
47 R219
47
47
47
C242
33PF
C233
33PF
33PF
C244
33PF
VCC
C243
0.1uF
C235
33PF
GND
J208
C234
10uF/50V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
R220
R248
R249
47
47
47
47
R250
R251
R252
R253
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
R254
R247
R255
R256
R257
R258
R259
R260
R272
R273
R274
R275
100
R276
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
R277
R278
R299
R300
R270
R271
R298
R303
C246
33PF
C237
33PF
C261
33PF
C247 C262
33PF 33PF
C245 C260 C266
33PF 33PF 33PF
C265
C264
1000pF1000pF
C267
33PF
C295
330PF
(8/17-E4)
(11/17-D4)
(11/17-E4)
(11/17-D4)
(8/17-C1)
(8/17-C1)
(8/17-B5)
(8/17-B5)
(8/17-B5)
(7/17-B2)
(7/17-B2)
(7/17-C2)
(7/17-C2)
(7/17-C2)
(7/17-C2)
(7/17-B2)
(7/17-C2)
(8/17-F1)
(8/17-F1)
(8/17-F1)
(8/17-F1)
O_HRESET
LSA
LSB
REGISENS
100
100
R321
P26SUP
O_DI_RNKSEL0
O_DI_RNKSEL1
O_DI_RNKSEL2
O_HD_SEL0
O_HD_SEL1
O_HD_DT0
O_HD_DT1
O_HD_DT2
O_HD_DT3
O_HD_CLK
O_HD_LTCLK
O_SUBH0
O_SUBH1
O_SUBH2
O_SUBH3
R323
R324
R325
R326
R327
R356
R357
R358
R359
R360
R361
R362
R363
R365
R367
R374
(11/17-F8)
(11/17-A8)
(11/17-C8)
(11/17-B8)
(11/17-C8)
HABA_IN
REGILOOK
RANK_IN
THERM_IN
DI_IN
C318
C325
330PF 330PF 33PF 33PF 33PF
C298 C294 C320 C316
33PF
C323
33PF
C339
33PF
A5V
C277
330PF
C289
100uF/50V
C278
0.1uF
330PF 33PF 33PF 33PF 33PF
C297 C293 C319 C315 C322
330PF 33PF 33PF 33PF
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
LED_CONT_R
LED_CONT_L
C321 C317
AGND
33PF
R319
H5VCNTN
(13/17-E2)
(13/17-D2)
C292 C299 C314
C341
0.1uF
D
J207
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
C
B
GND
AGND
C263
33PF
C268
330PF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
C296
330PF
C269
C270
1000pF
C376
330pF
C276
330PF
1000pF
GND
A
6-24
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Engine controller (10/17)
VCC
F
R280
10K
(1/17-E3)(4/17-B6)
4
DIPMD1
VCC
SW201A
1
R227
10k
(1/17-F8)
(2/17-B1)
R226
10k
R225
10k
R224
10k
R223
10k
R222
10k
GND
R351100
TXD
TXD1_IC
(10/17-C3)
R318100
RTS
OSBSY
(10/17-C2)
(10/17-C2)(10/17-C3)
EXT[5..0]
XEXT[5..0]
EXT0
R3041K
XEXT0
EXT1
R3051K
XEXT1
EXT2
R2011K
XEXT2
EXT3
R2621K
XEXT3
EXT4
R2021K
XEXT4
EXT5
R2631K
XEXT5
VCC
VCC
(1/17-F8)
5
R352
47K
C309
0.1uF GND
2
DTR1_IC
4
DTR
(2/17-C8)(4/17-B6)
E
(10/17-C2)
3
U217
GND
D
R313
(10/17-C3)
CTS
ICBSY
100
VCCC311
10uF/50V
(2/17-A8)
J209
(17/17-F5)
(17/17-F5)
VENB
PIXCLK
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
PIX0
PIX2
PIX4
PIX6
R314
(10/17-C2)
RXD
RXD1_IC
(1/17-F8)
(10/17-E5)
TXD
(10/17-D7)
CTS
(10/17-C7)
(10/17-E4)
(10/17-E4)
(10/17-E4)
DSR
EXT0
EXT2
EXT4
100
(10/17-C3)
R311
DSR
DSR1_IC
GND
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
PIXRDY
(17/17-D8)
PIX1
PIX3
PIX5
PIX7
RXD
(10/17-C7)
RTS
(10/17-E5)
DTR
EXT1
EXT3
EXT5
(10/17-D5)
(10/17-E4)
(10/17-E4)
(10/17-E4)
C
(1/17-F8)
100
R315
10K
R317
10K
GND
GND
PIX[7..0]
GND
(17/17-E8)
GND
B
A
6-25
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Engine controller (11/17)
C
4
A5V
HABA_IN
F
R354
2
(9/17-B4)
DA219A
HABA_VAL
1K
C310
1000PF
(1/17-E3)
D206
DA220A
5
1
C
C
4
A5V
DA206A
VCC
4
VCC
2
INK0_IN
100
INK0
(4/17-F3)
DA217B
C209
1000PF
R328
4.7K
C
(9/17-C4)
E
R269
6
DA207A
LSB
3
(12/17-E3)
C
5
R217
100
(2/17-E8)
LPA
(2/17-E8)
C258
1000PF
1
C
1
DA218B
LPB
GND
GND
4
A5V
R216
100
DA207B
INK1
DA217A
(4/17-F3)
R302
4.7K
C207
1000PF
(9/17-C4)
R239
LSA
2
3
INK1_IN
5
6
(12/17-F3)
VCC
4
DA206B
C
C
VCC
100
C257
1000PF
D
1
C
C
DA218A
VCC
1
1
VCC
C
GND
DA217C
R240
4.7K
GND
1
A5V
R238
2
REGISENS
5
C
(9/17-C4)
DA219C
1K
RANK
C312
1000PF
(2/17-A8)
(1/17-E3)
D207
GND
GND
4
C
DA220C
REGI0
C285
1000PF
4
5
RANK_IN
100
C
R355
2
(9/17-B4)
DA218C
C
DI
R408
(9/17-B4)
R407
D208
DI_IN
3.6kF
1K
C333
1000PF
XHINK
HINK
(4/17-C7)
C
1
A5V
R406
1.0kF
(1/17-E3)
DA219D
R376
3
THERM_IN
6
(9/17-B4)
1K
THERM
(1/17-E3)
C324
1000PF
C
DA220D
4
B
C
4
A5V
6
R353
3
REGILOOK
1K
REGI
C308
1000PF
(1/17-E3)
D205
C
DA220B
1
(9/17-B4)
DA219B
A
AGND
6-26
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Engine controller (12/17)
VCC
VCC
VCC
2
NF214
DA201
MEDIA_IN
MEDIAS_VAL
100
(2/17-C8)
VCC
(11/17-D8)
INK1_IN
8
R207
4.7K
DA206C
1
GND
9
R210
1
VCC
C
VCC
10
100k
C222
1000PF
VCC
2
F
11
0.1uF
R215
3
(12/17-B2)
J213
C203
R214
4.7K
7
6
3
DOOR_VAL
100
2
(1/17-F3)
(4/17-B6)
TANK
DA207C
R209
DOOR_IN
C
(12/17-D3)
R206
5
R208
2.2k
DA205
100
4
C205
1000PF
C204
1000PF
VCC
(11/17-E8)
100k
220
R212
R211
5
INK0_IN
4
3
GND
VCC
GND
(4/17-C7)
DA204A
2
Q204
GND
C
1
4
VCC
220
R213
R232
4.7K
Q203
R233
2
CRGHP_IN
DA203A
5
C
(12/17-C5)
CRG_HPVAL
100
1
C223
1000PF
GND
C
4
VCC
GND
DA204B
R230
4.7K
VCC
VCC
PURHP_VAL
1
100
(2/17-C8)
C220
1000PF
GND
1
R436
GND
FANSTS
100
(1/17-F3)
2
+26V
2
3
1
DOOR_IN
2
GND
NF208
N
F
2
C357
0.1uF
3
C371
100uF/50V
GND
1
GND
VCC
2
NF217
3
C227
VCC
2
R449
22k
1
2
(12/17-E8)
7
CRGHP_IN
6
Q216
5
FAN_CONT
Q213
(12/17-D8)
R445
1
+26V
1
1
4
PURHP_IN
Q215
3
4.7K
2
2
VCC
1
2
2
3
4
4
A5V
C
7
6
C213
0.1uF
5
3
GND
2
VCC
1
NF215
+26V
SOL_CONT
NF201
N
F
Q205
4.7K
Q206
C214
100uF/50V
4
J214
C201
3
R237
VCC
6
6
GND
(2/17-C7)
C216
100uF/50V
5
5
8
C215
0.1uF
3
3
4
J212
8
R448
22k
(1/17-F3)
4
0.1uF
J204
1
J210
J205
1
1
(12/17-E8)
C342
1000PF
J206
1
D
J211
R435
4.7k
DA223
3
DA203B
6
2
3
R231
C
(12/17-C5)
GND
(2/17-B8)
VCC
PURHP_IN
E
1
INKCONN
C208
0.1uF
(12/17-F8)
MEDIA_IN
0.1uF
2
1
3
2
B
1
C210
100uF/50V
GND
A
6-27
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Engine controller (13/17)
VCC
F
A5V
A5V
C334
0.1uF
4
A5V
U222
C336
1000pF
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
U223A
3
1M
2
1
R416
2M
C313
0.1uF
C335
1000pF
DA222A
(9/17-B4)
LED_CONT_R
DA221A
R412
2.2K
E
1
C337
1000pF
R415
C
VCC
VDD
A06
A05
A04
A03
VSS
2
DO
LD
CLK
DI
A01
A02
GND
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
LD_DA
CLK_DA
DATA_DA
0.1uF
GND
GND
GND
AGND
AGND
A5V
VCC
R404
2.2K
C
4
A5V
DA222B
U223B
5
6
R372
7
1M
CPURSTN
(1/17-D3)
(9/17-B4)
LED_CONT_L
3
6
R373
2M
D
DA221B
R369
2.2K
VCC
C
GND
1
(2/17-D8)
(2/17-D8)
(2/17-D8)
C338
C
R409 47
R410 47
R411 47
AGND
U227
1
2
OUT
VCC
MAN
GND
3
4
C351
0.1uF
VCC
VCC
VCC
GND
R228
10k
R229
10k
C
D201
U201
RP201
47
D202
D203
8
C249
0.22F
C217
0.1uF
4
2
3
GND
VDD
VSS
SDA
SCL
7
6
SDA
(4/17-B4)
SCL
(4/17-B4)
XIN
XOUT
Y201 32.768kHz
C248
10pF
B
GND
A
6-28
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Engine controller (14/17)
F
VCC
Q207
(2/17-C7)
E
+26V
PPOW_CONL
C365
0.1uF
+26V
C366
100uF/50V
VCC
C326
0.1uF
R439
Q214
4.7K
R440
GND
U234
1K
1
U220A
1
2
Q209
3
(2/17-C7)
PGA
3
2
R441
4
1K
5
U220B
4
6
Q210
6
(2/17-B1)
PGXA
5
7
R442
8
1K
9
U220C
9
10
Q211
8
(2/17-B1)
PGB
11
10
R443
12
Q208
D
IN1
OUT1
ACOM1
OUT2
J202
GND
IN2
GND
GND
IN3
OUT3
ACOM2
OUT4
IN4
8
7
GND
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
C
1
1K
U220D
12
Q212
C369
0.1uF
C370
100uF/50V
11
(2/17-B1)
PGXB
13
GND
B
A
6-29
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Engine controller (15/17)
VCC
C349
0.1uF
NF210
N
F
C350
10uF/50V
1
A5V
C340
0.1uF
GND
(4/17-E7)
(4/17-E7)
(4/17-E7)
(4/17-E7)
GND
(4/17-F3)
U231A
1
3
D/A 0
13
14
15
16
MTP4
MTP5
MTP6
MTP7
R434
C367
100uF/50V
A
A*
B
B*
2
3
6
7
J203
1
2
3
4
5
6
3.3k
2
R444
2M
PG
9
11
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
X4
X6
X
X7
X5
INH
VEE
VSS
C355
0.01uF
VCC
C3540.1uF
U230
VDD
X2
X1
X0
X3
A
B
C
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
5
GND
SG
N.C.
Td1
Td2
12
8
10
GND
C356
220pF
E
GND
R433
C353
0.01uF
10
MTP1
MTP2
MTP3
Vref1
Vref2
4
GND
GND
(4/17-E7)
(4/17-E7)
(4/17-E7)
Vcc2
Ain
Bin
A*in
B*in
F
C368
0.1uF
U233
+26V
GND
R432
30
A5V
U231B
5
D
R431
7
R425
3.3k
6
47
R424
R430
10
62
R429
R423
75
30
C
R428
R422
91
47
VCC
U229
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
X4
X6
X
X7
X5
INH
VEE
VSS
VDD
X2
X1
X0
X3
A
B
C
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R427
C352
0.1uF
R421
100
GND
62
R426
R420
100
GND
B
75
GND
R419
91
R418
100
A
R417
100
GND
6-30
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
+26V
N
Vcc
C344
0.1uF
C361
C345
10uF/50V
100uF/50V
U232
1
GND
A5V
(4/17-F3)
C347
0.1uF
GND
7
5
D/A 1
R438
(4/17-E7)
(4/17-E7)
(4/17-E7)
(4/17-E7)
13
14
15
16
MTP12
MTP13
MTP14
MTP15
R394
J201
Vcc2
Ain
Bin
A*in
B*in
A
A*
B
B*
2
3
6
7
3.3k
Engine controller (16/17)
F
NF209
F
C360
0.1uF
1
NC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6
PG
U226B
9
11
2M
GND
C363
0.01uF
VCC
U225
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
X4
X6
X
X7
X5
INH
VEE
VSS
VDD
X2
X1
X0
X3
A
B
C
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
C343
0.1uF
5
GND
Vref1
Vref2
SG
N.C.
Td1
Td2
4
12
8
10
GND
C362
220pF
E
GND
GND
R393
C364
0.01uF
10
GND
(4/17-E7)
(4/17-E7)
(4/17-E7)
GND
MTP9
MTP10
MTP11
R392
A5V
30
D
R391
U226A
1
3
R385
3.3k
2
47
R384
R390
10
62
R389
R383
75
30
C
R388
R382
91
47
R387
VCC
U224
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
X4
X6
X
X7
X5
INH
VEE
VSS
VDD
X2
X1
X0
X3
A
B
C
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
C346
0.1uF
R381
100
GND
62
R386
R380
100
GND
B
75
GND
R379
91
R378
100
A
R377
100
GND
6-31
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4
C372
0.1uF
G
IPIXRDY
B
Y
5
(2/17-A8)
A
V
3
Engine controller (17/17)
U235
2
OPPRDY
F
(2/17-B1)
1
(10/17-C3)
(10/17-C3)
(1/17-D2)
(1/17-C2)
(1/17-C2)(6/17-B8)
OVENB
DREQ1N
XCRCCK
XCRCDAT
XCRCDET
PIXCLK
VENB
REDREQ1N
REDREQ0N
HLDT
(2/17-B1)
(2/17-F8)
(9/17-F5)
(9/17-F5)
(9/17-F5)
VCC
NF205
N
F
(10/17-B1)
(2/17-F8)
(1/17-F3)
PIX[7..0]
DREQ0N
DMA_CONTN
R297
R296
R295
R294
R293
R292
R291
R290
R285
PIX7
PIX6
PIX5
PIX4
PIX3
PIX2
PIX1
PIX0
(10/17-C2)
(2/17-A8)
(2/17-C8)
PIXRDY
OPIXCLK
(3/17-C1)
(3/17-C1)
(3/17-C1)
(3/17-C1)
R284
HOLDTRG3
HOLDTRG2
HOLDTRG1
HOLDTRG0
IPLOTH
47
C271
1000pF
GND
(8/17-D7)
(8/17-D7)
DRSL1
DRSL0
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
NC
VDD
VSS
DQ0DQ0B32TS2
DMC_B31_TS1
BEB30_TSSEL0
FFF_B22_TD4
A31PX7B21TD3
A30PX6B20TD2
A29PX5B12TD1
A28PX4B11TD0
A27PX3B10TLD
A26_PX2_B02
ADSL_PX1_B01
DENL_PX0_B00
BLT_PXRY_HLT
RDL_PXCK_HCK
VDD
VSS
HOLDTRG3_HD3
ATP1HTG2HD2
ATP0HTG1HD1
AKINHTG0HD0
BSYIPLOTHS1
DPXRDYH_HS0
BPINT_DRSEL2
BPINT_DRSEL1
BPINT_DRSEL0
DCLK4
IODATA4
DIRECT4
LTCLK4
DK0HENB4TSC3
VDD
NC
NC
U208
NC
VSS
VDD
TRIN
IMOAKRQ
RESETN
TLD
TMODE
SMODE
BCLK
ACLK
SDO
SDI
FWRHENB3TSC2
BENB31
LTCLK3
RP7_HSL31
RP6_HSL33
VDD
VSS
RP5_HSL32
DIRECT3
BENB30
RP4_HSL30
IODATA3
DCLK3
BDRHENB2TSC1
BENB21
LTCLK2
RP3_HSL21
RP2_HSL23
RP1_HSL22
DIRECT2
VSS
VDD
NC
NC
NC
VSS
DCLK0
IODATA0
PT0_HSL00
BENB00
VSS
DIRECT0
PT2_HSL02
PT3_HSL03
PT1_HSL01
LTCLK0
BENB01
IMBPCS_HENB0
IMFEN_MPX2
DCLK1
VDD
IODATA1
PT4_HSL10
BENB10
DIRECT1
PT6_HSL12
PT7_HSL13
PT5_HSL11
LTCLK1
BENB11
VSS
BENHENB1TSC0
DCLK2
IODATA2
RP0_HSL20
BENB20
VSS
VDD
NC
0.1uF
C279
0.1uF
(1/17-C1)
(2/17-F2)
(3/17-F7)
(4/17-D2)
GND
E
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
KILLERN
(1/17-D2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)
IPIXDT[7..0]
R454 47
R455 47
R456 47
R460 47
(2/17-A8)
D
IPIXDT5
R457 47
R458 47
IPIXDT7
IPIXDT6
R459 47
IPIXDT4
IPIXDT3
IPIXDT2
IPIXDT1
C
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
C373
NC
VDD
VSS
VSS
NC
OSUBH4
FFF
OSUBH1
VSS
C168
IMFRD
VDD
COMDIR
CK20M
VSS
IMFRS_HLDTRG
BPWR_REDRQ0N
BPRD_REDRQ1N
L244E_REVENB
AKOUT_REPXCK
INT4L_REPXRY
VENBTSR
DREQ2N
ASICMD1
ASICMD0
COMDT
COMCK
COMLT
VSS
PCLK1
CRCCK
CRCDT
CRCDET
VSS
VSS
NC
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
SYSTEM_CLK
C375
0.1uF
GND
C374
0.1uF
R461 47
IPIXDT0
B
A
6-32
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
D. CARRIAGE CONTROLLER
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Carriage controller (1/8)
F
D504
26V
26VA
VH1
IC515
1 Vin
Vout 2
3
ADJ 4
R503
1.2k,2W
GND
R561
15kF
D503
+ C502
100u/50V
C549
0.1u
C548
0.1u
Q506
R501
1.2k,2W
R560
825F
ZD504
E
HGND
(8/8-E2)
H24VCNT
D506
VH2
VA
L5V
H5V
IC516
1 Vin
Vout 2
3
ADJ 4
GND
D
R567
15kF
Q507
D505
+ C503
100u/50V
C551
0.1u
C550
0.1u
(8/8-E2)
JP502
R502
1.2k,2W
H5VCNT
R568
825F
JP504
HGND
GND
JP503
AGND
C
26VGND
L5V
R532
4.7k
R531
4.7k
B
J509
(8/8-E2)
LSA
(8/8-E2)
LSB
4
3
2
1
LGND
A
6-33
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Carriage controller (2/8)
F
VH1
H5V
VH2
J503
H5V
J505
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
HE1B
BE1
EVEN
LCLK
HS2A
HS1A
HS1B
RANK
DIA
DIR
HE1A
BE0
ODD
HS2B
LG
HENB0
BE01
EVEN0
RANK0
DIA0
ODD0
(3/8-F2)
(3/8-F2)
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
(8/8-E7)
LTCLK0
HS2A0
HS1A0
HS1B0
(3/8-F8)
(3/8-F7)
(3/8-F7)
(3/8-F7)
DIR0
(3/8-E7)
BE00
(3/8-E7)
HS2B0
(3/8-E7)
(6/8-C4)
(5/8-E2)(6/8-E5)
(8/8-E6)
VDD
HG
SUB
SUB0
(5/8-F5)
VH
IDAT
DCLK
RES
DIK
DIK0
VH2
HRESET
(8/8-E2)
(5/8-E2)
IDATA0
DCLK0
(3/8-E8)
(3/8-E8)
HE1B
BE1
EVEN
LCLK
HS2A
HS1A
HS1B
RANK
DIA
DIR
HE1A
BE0
ODD
HS2B
LG
EVEN2
RANK2
DIA2
ODD2
(3/8-F3)
(3/8-F3)
LTCLK2
HS2A2
HS1A2
HS1B2
(3/8-F4)
(3/8-F3)
(3/8-F3)
(3/8-F3)
DIR2
(3/8-E3)
BE20
(3/8-E3)
HS2B2
(3/8-E3)
(6/8-C4)
(5/8-C2)(6/8-E5)
(8/8-E6)
E
VDD
HG
SUB
SUB2
(5/8-D5)
VH
IDAT
DCLK
RES
DIK
HGND LGND
H5V
DIK2
VH2
J504
HENB2
BE21
(8/8-E7)
HRESET
(8/8-E2)
(5/8-C2)
IDATA2
DCLK2
(3/8-E4)
(3/8-E4)
D
HGND LGND
H5V
J506
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
HE1B
BE1
EVEN
LCLK
HS2A
HS1A
HS1B
RANK
DIA
DIR
HE1A
BE0
ODD
HS2B
LG
HENB1
BE11
EVEN1
RANK1
DIA1
ODD1
(3/8-D7)
(3/8-D7)
(8/8-E7)
LTCLK1
HS2A1
HS1A1
HS1B1
(3/8-D8)
(3/8-C7)
(3/8-C7)
(3/8-C7)
DIR1
(3/8-C7)
BE10
(3/8-C7)
HS2B1
(3/8-B7)
(6/8-C4)
(5/8-D2)(6/8-E5)
(8/8-E6)
VDD
HG
SUB
SUB1
(5/8-E5)
VH
IDAT
DCLK
RES
DIK
HRESET
(8/8-E2)
DIK1
(5/8-D2)
HGND LGND
IDATA1
DCLK1
(3/8-C8)
(3/8-B8)
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
HE1B
BE1
EVEN
LCLK
HS2A
HS1A
HS1B
RANK
DIA
DIR
HE1A
BE0
ODD
HS2B
LG
EVEN3
RANK3
DIA3
ODD3
HENB3
BE31
(3/8-D3)
(3/8-D3)
LTCLK3
HS2A3
HS1A3
HS1B3
(3/8-D4)
(3/8-C3)
(3/8-C3)
(3/8-C3)
DIR3
(3/8-C3)
BE30
(3/8-C3)
HS2B3
(3/8-B3)
(8/8-E7)
(6/8-C4)
(5/8-C2)(6/8-E5)
(8/8-E6)
C
VDD
HG
SUB
SUB3
(5/8-C5)
VH
IDAT
DCLK
RES
DIK
DIK3
HRESET
(8/8-E2)
(5/8-B2)
IDATA3
DCLK3
(3/8-C4)
(3/8-B4)
B
HGND LGND
A
6-34
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Carriage controller (3/8)
F
LGND
(2/8-D5)
(2/8-E5)
(2/8-E5)
(2/8-E5)
R513
(2/8-E1)
(2/8-E1)
(2/8-E1)
HS2A2
HS1A2
HS1B2
HENB2
BE21
LTCLK2
HS2A2
HS1A2
HS1B2
DIR0
BE00
HS2B0
DIR0
BE00
HS2B0
IDATA0
DCLK0
DCLK0
(4/8-B7)
(4/8-B7)
(4/8-B7)
(4/8-B7)
(4/8-B7)
LGND
(2/8-D1)
(2/8-E1)
(2/8-E1)
(2/8-E1)
10k
9
10k
LGND
1
E
DIR2
BE20
HS2B2
DIR2
BE20
HS2B2
IDATA2
DCLK2
R510
DCLK2
33
(4/8-D3)
(4/8-D3)
(4/8-D3)
(4/8-D3)
(4/8-C3)
(4/8-C3)
10
RA502H
8
10k
RA502G
10 5
RA503A
2
10k
10k
RA504B
10
7
5
RA504F
2
10k
5
10k
RA503B
10
RA504E
6
33
C554
33p
10k
RA502F
IDATA2
4
(2/8-D1)
10 5
RA504D
6
10 5
10k
1
10k
RA506A
R577
10k
33
C520
33p
7
LTCLK2
5
10k
9
HENB2
BE21
LGND
10k
RA506H
10 10
(2/8-E1)
(2/8-F1)
(2/8-F1)
LGND
8
RA503G
8
10k
RA506G
4
10k
10 5
RA507D
9
10k
RA503H
10 5
10k
3
33
C552
33p
RA507C
7
RA506F
RA507B
IDATA0
2
(2/8-D5)
2
R575
10 5
10k
RA506B
10 5
RA506E
LGND
10k
6
C523
33p
10k
33
R511
10k
HS2A0
HS1A0
HS1B0
LTCLK0
(4/8-B7)
(4/8-B7)
(4/8-B7)
(4/8-B7)
(4/8-B7)
(4/8-B7)
RA502E
(2/8-E5)
(2/8-E5)
(2/8-E5)
HENB0
BE01
LTCLK0
HS2A0
HS1A0
HS1B0
RA504C
HENB0
BE01
10k
(2/8-E5)
(2/8-F5)
(2/8-F5)
3
R514
(4/8-C3)
(4/8-B3)
(4/8-B3)
(4/8-B3)
(4/8-B3)
33
C522
33p
C519
33p
LGND
LGND
D
C553
33p
LGND
(2/8-B5)
(2/8-C5)
(2/8-C5)
(2/8-C5)
R515
DCLK1
DIR1
BE10
HS2B1
LGND
HENB3
BE31
(2/8-C1)
(2/8-C1)
(2/8-C1)
HS2A3
HS1A3
HS1B3
HENB3
BE31
LTCLK3
HS2A3
HS1A3
HS1B3
(4/8-B3)
(4/8-B3)
(4/8-B3)
(4/8-B3)
(4/8-B3)
C555
33p
LGND
(2/8-B1)
R508
DCLK3
(2/8-C1)
(2/8-C1)
(2/8-C1)
DIR3
BE30
HS2B3
6
10k
C
10
RA501E
4
RA501D
5
10k
10k
RA503C
(4/8-D3)
(4/8-D3)
(4/8-D3)
(4/8-D3)
(4/8-D3)
(4/8-D3)
LGND
3
10k
5
10k
3
RA501C
5
RA502D
4
10k
5
10k
4
RA503D
5 10
RA501H
9
33
DIR1
BE10
HS2B1
IDATA1
DCLK1
RA501A
5 10
10k
IDATA3
10k
R578
(2/8-B1)
RA501G
2
RA501B
5 10
LGND
10k
4
10k
RA505D
LGND
10k
33
C518
33p
33
C524
33p
(2/8-D1)
(2/8-D1)
5
RA505C
10
10k
3
(2/8-C1)
6
10k
5
RA503E
2
10k
RA505B
10
5
10k
RA505H
7
RA503F
10 10
RA505G
10k
RA504H
10 10
10k
10k
RA505F
10k
9
33
8
6
IDATA1
10k
RA504G
10 10
RA505E
R576
(2/8-B5)
10k
LGND
9
HS2A1
HS1A1
HS1B1
8
(2/8-C5)
(2/8-C5)
(2/8-C5)
7
33
C521
33p
R509
LTCLK3
1
LTCLK1
(4/8-B3)
(4/8-B3)
(4/8-B3)
(4/8-B3)
(4/8-B3)
(4/8-B3)
8
HENB1
BE11
LTCLK1
HS2A1
HS1A1
HS1B1
HENB1
BE11
RA501F
(2/8-D5)
(2/8-D5)
7
R512
(2/8-C5)
DIR3
BE30
HS2B3
IDATA3
DCLK3
(4/8-D3)
(4/8-D3)
(4/8-D3)
(4/8-D3)
(4/8-D3)
33
C517
33p
LGND
B
A
6-35
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
TRI_ENBN
Y501
(10.245MHz)
BENB32
BENB31
BENB30
BENB22
BENB21
BENB20
BENB12
BENB11
BENB10
BENB02
BENB01
BENB00
HLTCLK
HDCLK
(8/8-D2)
(8/8-D2)
(8/8-D2)
(8/8-D2)
(8/8-D2)
(8/8-D2)
(8/8-D4)
HDAT3
HDAT2
HDAT1
HDAT0
HSEL1
HSEL0
SUBH1
BENB32
BENB31
BENB30
BENB22
BENB21
BENB20
BENB12
BENB11
BENB10
BENB02
BENB01
BENB00
HLTCLK
HDCLK
HDAT3
HDAT2
HDAT1
HDAT0
HSEL1
HSEL0
SUBH1
DCLK4
IDATA4
DIR4
LTCLK4
HENB4
DCLK4
IDATA4
DIR4
LTCLK4
HENB4
L5V
NF501
NF
C514
0.1u
NC
VDD
VSS
VSS
NC
OSUBH4
FFF
OSUBH1
VSS
C168
IMFRD
VDD
COMDIR
CK20M
VSS
IMFRS_HLDTRG
BPWR_REDRQ0N
BPRD_REDRQ1N
L244E_REVENB
AKOUT_REPXCK
INT4L_REPXRY
VENBTSR
DREQ2N
ASICMD1
ASICMD0
COMDT
COMCK
COMLT
VSS
PCLK1
CRCCK
CRCDT
CRCDET
VSS
VSS
NC
NC
VSS
VDD
TRIN
IMOAKRQ
RESETN
TLD
TMODE
SMODE
BCLK
ACLK
SDO
SDI
FWRHENB3TSC2
BENB31
LTCLK3
RP7_HSL31
RP6_HSL33
VDD
VSS
RP5_HSL32
DIRECT3
BENB30
RP4_HSL30
IODATA3
DCLK3
BDRHENB2TSC1
BENB21
LTCLK2
RP3_HSL21
RP2_HSL23
RP1_HSL22
DIRECT2
VSS
VDD
NC
NC
NC
VSS
DCLK0
IODATA0
PT0_HSL00
BENB00
VSS
DIRECT0
PT2_HSL02
PT3_HSL03
PT1_HSL01
LTCLK0
BENB01
IMBPCS_HENB0
IMFEN_MPX2
DCLK1
VDD
IODATA1
PT4_HSL10
BENB10
DIRECT1
PT6_HSL12
PT7_HSL13
PT5_HSL11
LTCLK1
BENB11
VSS
BENHENB1TSC0
DCLK2
IODATA2
RP0_HSL20
BENB20
VSS
VDD
NC
1
C507
330p
2
C570
16p
C571
16p
3
4
C513
x1
oe
x2
gnd
fs3
vcc
fs4
clkout
8
NF503
NF
7
C506
0.01u
6
5
L5V
0.1u
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
LGND
R504
E
2.2k
IC501
1
RESETN
2
HENB3
BE31
LTCLK3
HS2A3
HS1A3
HS1B3
DIR3
BE30
HS2B3
IDATA3
DCLK3
HENB2
BE21
LTCLK2
HS2A2
HS1A2
HS1B2
DIR2
HENB3
BE31
LTCLK3
HS2A3
HS1A3
(3/8-D1)
(3/8-D1)
(3/8-D1)
(3/8-C1)
(3/8-C1)
HS1B3
DIR3
BE30
HS2B3
IDATA3
DCLK3
HENB2
BE21
LTCLK2
HS2A2
HS1A2
HS1B2
DIR2
(3/8-C1)
(3/8-C1)
(3/8-C1)
(3/8-B1)
(3/8-B1)
(3/8-B1)
(3/8-F1)
(3/8-F1)
(3/8-F1)
(3/8-F1)
(3/8-F1)
(3/8-F1)
(3/8-E1)
OUT
VCC
MAN
GND
3
4
C505
0.01u
LGND
D
C
LGND
LGND
(3/8-E5)
(3/8-E5)
(3/8-E5)
(3/8-E5)
(3/8-E5)
(3/8-F5)
(3/8-F5)
(3/8-F5)
(3/8-F5)
(3/8-F5)
(3/8-F5)
DCLK0
IDATA0
HS2B0
BE00
DIR0
HS1B0
HS1A0
HS2A0
LTCLK0
BE01
HENB0
HENB1
DCLK2
IDATA2
HS2B2
BE20
IDATA1
HS2B1
BE10
DIR1
HS1B1
HS1A1
HS2A1
LTCLK1
BE11
DCLK1
DIR0
HS1B0
HS1A0
HS2A0
LTCLK0
BE01
HENB0
C515
DCLK0
IDATA0
HS2B0
BE00
JP501
(8/8-D5)
(8/8-D5)
(8/8-D5)
(8/8-D5)
(8/8-D5)
(8/8-D5)
(8/8-D5)
(8/8-D5)
(8/8-D5)
(8/8-D5)
(8/8-D5)
(8/8-D5)
(8/8-D2)
(8/8-D2)
NC
VDD
VSS
DQ0DQ0B32TS2
DMC_B31_TS1
BEB30_TSSEL0
FFF_B22_TD4
A31PX7B21TD3
A30PX6B20TD2
A29PX5B12TD1
A28PX4B11TD0
A27PX3B10TLD
A26_PX2_B02
ADSL_PX1_B01
DENL_PX0_B00
BLT_PXRY_HLT
RDL_PXCK_HCK
VDD
VSS
HOLDTRG3_HD3
ATP1HTG2HD2
ATP0HTG1HD1
AKINHTG0HD0
BSYIPLOTHS1
DPXRDYH_HS0
BPINT_DRSEL2
BPINT_DRSEL1
BPINT_DRSEL0
DCLK4
IODATA4
DIRECT4
LTCLK4
DK0HENB4TSC3
VDD
NC
NC
L5V
IC517
33
NF502
NF
IC503
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
F
R505
L5V
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
C508
0.1u
LGND
COM_DAT
COM_CLK
COM_LT
CLK
SUBH4
COM_DIR
OSUBH1
OSUBH4
XSUBH1
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
(5/8-D7)
CRC_CLK
CRC_DAT
CRC_DET
Carriage controller (4/8)
(8/8-C5)
(8/8-D7)
(8/8-C7)
(8/8-C5)
(8/8-C5)
(8/8-C5)
(8/8-D7)
(8/8-C5)
COM_DIR
COM_DAT
COM_CLK
COM_LT
CRC_CLK
CRC_DAT
CRC_DET
TRI_ENBN
0.1u
BE20
HS2B2
IDATA2
DCLK2
(3/8-E1)
(3/8-E1)
(3/8-E1)
(3/8-E1)
HENB1
BE11
LTCLK1
HS2A1
HS1A1
HS1B1
DIR1
BE10
HS2B1
IDATA1
DCLK1
(3/8-D5)
(3/8-D5)
(3/8-D5)
(3/8-C5)
(3/8-C5)
(3/8-C5)
(3/8-C5)
(3/8-C5)
(3/8-B5)
(3/8-B5)
(3/8-B5)
LGND
B
A
6-36
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Carriage controller (5/8)
F
H5V
VA
SUB0
SUB0
(2/8-E6)
R541
22kF
(8/8-D4)
SUBH0
SUBH0
R553
Q505
IC509A
3
470
1
DIA0
2
R540
2kF
R552
DIK0
2.2k
DIA0
(2/8-E6)(6/8-E5)
DIK0
(2/8-D6)
C532
E
R539
10kF
HGND
AGND
SUB1
(4/8-F8)
XSUBH1
XSUBH1
R533
0.1u
SUB1
(2/8-B6)
AGND
Q503
AGND
IC509B
5
470
DIA1
7
6
R534
DIK1
DIA1
(2/8-C6)(6/8-E5)
DIK1
(2/8-B6)
2.2k
R537
10kF
D
HGND
SUB2
(8/8-D4)
SUBH2
SUBH2
R517
SUB2
(2/8-E3)
AGND
Q502
IC509D
12
470
14
DIA2
13
R516
DIK2
DIA2
(2/8-E3)(6/8-E5)
DIK2
(2/8-D3)
2.2k
R535
10kF
HGND
SUB3
(8/8-D4)
SUBH3
SUBH3
R506
SUB3
C
(2/8-B3)
AGND
Q501
IC509C
10
470
8
DIA3
9
R507
DIK3
DIA3
(2/8-C3)(6/8-E5)
DIK3
(2/8-B3)
2.2k
R536
10kF
HGND
AGND
DI_GND
DI_GND
B
A
6-37
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Carriage controller (6/8)
F
26VA
L5V
R529
C529
C527
33kF
IC508A
0.1u
0.1u
2
AGND
R526
1
3
(8/8-D7)
DIA4
HOLDTRG
DIA4
HOLDTRG
X4
X6
X
X7
X5
INH
VEE
VSS
13
14
1.3kF
IC506
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
IC508D
DISNS
12
(8/8-C4)
VA
VDD
X2
X1
X0
X3
A
B
C
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
DIA2
DIA1
DIA0
DIA3
DRSEL0
DRSEL1
DRSEL2
DIA2
DIA1
DIA0
DIA3
(2/8-E3)(5/8-C2)
(2/8-C6)(5/8-D2)
(2/8-E6)(5/8-E2)
(2/8-C3)(5/8-C2)
E
C528
680p
R525
13kF
AGND
R524
2.2kF
AGND
AGND
D
L5V
L5V
R551
C525
R521
1.0kB
R519
1.0kB
R518
1.0kB
R520
1.0kB
15kF
IC508B
6
0.1u
IC508C
R550
7
5
9
8
3.6kF
10
RANK
(8/8-C4)
IC505
RANK4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RANK4
X4
X6
X
X7
X5
INH
VEE
VSS
VDD
X2
X1
X0
X3
A
B
C
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RANK2
RANK1
RANK0
RANK3
DRSEL0
DRSEL1
DRSEL2
RANK2
RANK1
RANK0
RANK3
C
(2/8-E3)
(2/8-C6)
(2/8-E6)
(2/8-C3)
C530
680p
AGND
L5V
R527
R528
20kB
20kB
AGND
DRSEL[0..2]
LGND
DRSEL[0..2]
(8)
(8/8-D3)
B
A
6-38
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Carriage controller (7/8)
F
26VA
IC513A
2
L5V
1
(8/8-C4)
REGOUT
3
R569
33k
J510
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
VA
LEDB
LEDR
LEDB
LEDR
C531
(7/8-C2)
(7/8-C5)
REGOUT
33kF
0.01u
POUT
THERM
POUT
THERM
(8/8-C4)
(8/8-C4)
L5V
R543
R523
10k
R545
E
R585
51kF
R546
IC513D
13
13kF
12
AGND
2
0
IC513B
6
R549
7
14
5
IC513C
9
D502
IC511A
1
REGSEN
3
(8/8-E2)
8
10
2.2k
26VA
C533
R547
2kF
L5V
R548
2.2M
C535
0.47u,3216
0.1u
R544
15kF
26VA
AGND
IC511B
C534
AGND
6
AGND
AGND
D
7
5
0.1u
AGND
AGND
C539
C538
0.1u
0.1u
R557
R556
15kF
(8/8-D4)
15kF
IC512A
R558
ZD506
2
REGLEDR
1
3.3kF
C
R573
(8/8-D4)
LEDR
3
IC512B
R559
(7/8-E7)
REGLEDB
7
3.3kF
5
200,1/2W,5025
L5V
ZD505
6
R572
LEDB
(7/8-E7)
270,1/2W,5025
L5V
C537
0.1u
26VA
AGND
B
A
6-39
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Carriage controller (8/8)
F
5V
26V
J501
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J502
ODD0
ODD1
ODD2
ODD3
ODD0
ODD1
ODD2
ODD3
EVEN0
EVEN1
EVEN2
EVEN3
EVEN0
EVEN1
EVEN2
EVEN3
(2/8-F6)
(2/8-C6)
(2/8-F3)
(2/8-C3)
C572
220p
C573
220p
C574
220p
(2/8-E6)
(2/8-C6)
(2/8-E3)
(2/8-C3)
C575
220p
C576
220p
GND
C577
220p
BENB00
BENB01
BENB02
BENB10
BENB11
BENB12
BENB20
BENB21
BENB22
BENB30
BENB31
BENB32
BENB00
BENB01
BENB02
BENB10
BENB11
BENB12
BENB20
BENB21
BENB22
BENB30
BENB31
BENB32
HOLDTRG
HOLDTRG
MPX2
CRCD_DET
COM_DAT
COM_CLK
COM_LT
COM_DIR
CRC_CLK
CRC_DAT
TRI_ENBN
C584
82p
C585
220p
C586
220p
(6/8-E7)
CRC_DET
(4/8-F3)
COM_DAT
COM_CLK
(4/8-F3)
(4/8-F3)
C587
220p
(4/8-D7)
(4/8-D7)
(4/8-D7)
(4/8-D7)
(4/8-E7)
(4/8-E7)
(4/8-E7)
(4/8-E7)
(4/8-E7)
(4/8-E7)
(4/8-E7)
(4/8-E7)
C578
220p
C579
220p
C580
220p
C581
220p
C582
220p
C583
220p
GND
C588
220p
C589
220p
C590
220p
C591
220p
COM_LT
COM_DIR
CRC_CLK
CRC_DAT
TRI_ENBN
R584
10k
(4/8-F3)
(4/8-F3)
(4/8-F3)
(4/8-F3)
(4/8-F3)
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
24V
+ C504
100u/50V
24VGND
HRESET
LSA
LSB
REGSEN
REGHOLD
H5VCNT
R5VCNT
H24VCNT
DRSEL0
DRSEL1
DRSEL2
HSEL0_
HSEL1_
HDAT0_
HDAT1_
HDAT2_
HDAT3_
HDCLK_
HLTCLK_
SUBH0
SUBH1
SUBH2
SUBH3
REGLEDR
REGLEDB
POUT
REGOUT
RANK
THERM
DISNS
DRSEL0
DRSEL1
DRSEL2
REGLEDR
REGLEDB
(5/8-E7)
(4/8-D7)
(5/8-D7)
(5/8-C7)
(7/8-C8)
(7/8-C4)
(1/8-D3)
H24VCNT
(1/8-D7)
33
33
R565
R564
33
33
R563
33
HSEL0
(4/8-D7)
HSEL1
(4/8-D7)
HDAT0
(4/8-D7)
HDAT1
(4/8-D7)
HDAT2
(4/8-D7)
HDAT3
(4/8-D7)
HDCLK
(4/8-D7)
HLTCLK
(4/8-D7)
D
33
R582
33
POUT
REGOUT
RANK
THERM
DISNS
(7/8-E7)
(7/8-F6)
(6/8-C1)
(7/8-E7)
(6/8-E2)
C556
220p
C544
220p
GND
5V
C542
220p
L5V
GND
GND
H5VCNT
R581
R566
R562
5V
(2/8-B3)(2/8-B6)(2/8-D3)(2/8-D6)
(1/8-B7)
26VGND
(1/8-B7)
(7/8-E2)
(6/8-B4)
(6/8-B4)
(6/8-B4) R580
33
SUBH0
SUBH1
SUBH2
SUBH3
HRESET
LSA
LSB
REGSEN
E
C540
R530
220p
C557
220p
C
C543
220p
C541
220p
C558
10kF
220p
GND
LGND
5V
L5V
L501
B
+ C501
100u/16V
GND
LGND
A
6-40
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
E. PAPER SENSOR
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Paper sensor
F
+26V
LED2
J510
LEDB
LEDR
+26V
REGOUT
+5V
POUT
THERM
GND
LED1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
E
C2
100p
R1
D
1.1M
R2
22k
PD1
R3
680
IC1B
6
+5V
7
5
C1
0.1u
C
PT1
TH1
IC1A
2
1
3
GND
B
A
6-41
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
F. OPERATIN PANEL CONTROLLER
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Operation panel controller
CN701
18
FG701
D701
17
D701
U701
R728
6.8K
R729
6.8K
R701
1K
R702
1K
R703
1K
DIODE SW701
2
R727
6.8K
15
JP701
DIODE SW702
DIODE SW703
D705
3
RSV1
14
D702
12
D702
PLED8
PLED9
RSV2
NC.
NC.
2
CN704
9
2
GND
8
1
D703
7
D703
D705
6
GND
2
DIODE SW707
1
PLED7
GND
DIODE SW706
10
4
PLED6
DIODE SW705
4
PLED5
2
DIODE SW704
DIODE SW708
2
1
E
DIODE SW709
1
PLED4
D704
11
3
PLED3
22uF
GND
1
PLED2
C701
3
GND
4
PLED1
13
3
PLED0
0
GND
DIODE
2
VSS
VCC
D704
16
1
BUZZER
3
4
PKEY5
VCC
19
0.1uF
PKEY4
F
20
C702
PKEY3
21
0.1uF
PKEY2
22
C704
PKEY1
VCC
23
4
NC.
PKEY0
24
1
NC.
5
4
3
2
1
CN702
PDAT7
VSS
LCDE
VEE
RS
VSS
R/W
VSS
CPURSTL
PVCC
NC.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
D
R705
330
R706
330
LED704
LED705
R707
330
R708
330
LED706
R709
330
LED707
R710
330
LED708
R711
330
LED709
R712
330
LED710
1
PDAT7
LED703
1
PDAT6
11
LED702
1
12
LED701
1
PDAT5
1
PDAT4
13
1
14
R713
330
R714
330
10
9
Q701
8
Q702
Q703
Q704
Q705
Q706
Q707
Q708
Q709
Q710
7
VCC
6
5
R730
4.7K
4
R731
4.7K
GND
CN703
3
2
1
LCD701
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
1
2
C703
0.1uF
PDAT0
GND
PDAT1
PDAT2
PDAT3
PDAT4
PDAT5
PDAT6
PDAT7
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
C
VCC
GND
2
PDAT6
PDAT3
15
VCC
LED711
VEE
1
PDAT5
PDAT2
16
1
VSS
PDAT4
PDAT1
17
1
PDAT3
PDAT0
18
2
PDAT2
19
1
PDAT1
20
2
VSS
PDAT0
22
21
1
NC.
RSV3
RS
R/W
LCDE
L C D
R718
330
PDAT0
PDAT1
Q711
PDAT2
PDAT3
PDAT4
PDAT5
PDAT6
GND
B
PDAT7
VCC
SW710
R719
6.8K
R704
R720
6.8K
R721
6.8K
R722
6.8K
R723
6.8K
R724
6.8K
R725
6.8K
R726
6.8K
4.7K
C706
0.01uF
GND
GND
GND
R716
10K
VCC
R717
130K
C705
BUZ701
1000pF
R715
1K
U701C
U701A
U701B
6
5
9
3
4
U701D
10
1
8
A
+
12
13
11
1
C
V
2
VCC
2
6-42
APPENDIX
MENU GUIDE ......................................................... A-1
APPENDIX
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
MENU GUIDE
Service Mode Menu
Menu Guide
Normal Menu
A
B
Auto Sense
HP-GL
HP-GL/2+RTL
HP RTL
Print Operation
Abort Print
Buffer Clear
Replot
Force Print
Printing Menu
C
Line Type
Emulation
Main menu
Interface Setup
Line Shading
Pen Setup
Head Cleaning
All
Black
New Tank
38400bps
On
Off
Data Bit-Parity
7none
7even
7odd
8none
8even
8odd
Select Table
Plot Layout
Software
Pen Table 1
Pen Table 2
Pen Table 3
Force Cutting
Yes
No
Auto Layout
Off
Nesting
Media Save
Best
Modify Table
Adjustment
Pen Table 1
Auto Adjust
Auto Band-Adj.
0
Print Quality
Width
Normal
Enhanced
Hi-Resolution
Draft
99%
Auto
1
2
3
4
5
7
9
Color/Mono
Color
Mono
Media setup
Rotation
0
90
180
270
Auto
31
Roll Media
Cut Sheet
Media Type
1
2
3
*1
Copy
18000mm
Cut Type
Cut
Cut Line
No Cut
A
80mm
Pen Table 1
Pen Table 2
Pen Table 3
All Pen Table
*1
Information
I/C: Ver.
I/Boot: Ver.
E/C: Ver.
E/Boot: Ver.
E/Slv: Ver.
Memory
Error
627mm (914mm)
Reset Table
Drying Time
Yes
No
Width
(*Same as Pen Table 1)
Nesting Timer
30 seconds
1 minute
2 minutes
5 minutes
10 minutes
30 minutes
60 minutes
Off
Auto
30 seconds
1 minute
2 minutes
5 minutes
10 minutes
SERVICE MODE
Internal Print
60 minutes
B
C
Wxxxxx
20:
Wxxxxx
ERROR
Drying Time
Off
Auto
30 seconds
1 minute
01:
Exxxxx
20:
Exxxxx
ADJUST
PRINT PATTERN
Scale
Test Print
X-SCALE
0
10 seconds
30 seconds
1 minute
2 minutes
5 minutes
10 minutes
30 minutes
60 minutes
32
FUNCTION
PANEL LED/LCD
PANEL KEY
COUNTER
Demonstration
Menu Map
Color Palette
Setup List
Nozzle Check
Dump Mode
W-INK: 000000
*Dot count value(Indicated value x ten thousand)
T-PLOT: 000000
*Carriage driving time
English(mm)
English(inch)
Francais
Deutsch
Italiano
Espanol
Svenska
Reset Defaults
Pen Table 3
Auto Cut
01:
Language
Print Length
Band Joint
80mm
99
Cut Type
Cut
Cut Line
No Cut
System Setup
Feed Priority
1
WARNING
Auto Cut
EOP Timer
On
Off
Length
(*Same as Pen Table 1)
Yes
No
Auto Adjust Mode
User Size
Pen Table 2
Force Cutting
Francais
Deutsch
Italiano
Espanol
Svenska
User
9
Normal
Large
All
Black
New Tank
English(mm)
English(inch)
*2
ISO-A
ISO-B
JIS-B
Join
Plain Paper
Coated Paper
Tracing Pape
Film
*1
Margin r
Head Cleaning
-32
Layout Size
255
*1
SYSTEM
TYPE: Ax
TMP: 000.0˚C
H-TMP K1:000.0˚C
H-TMP K2:000.0˚C
H-TMP C: 000.0˚C
H-TMP M: 000.0˚C
H-TMP Y: 000.0˚C
P-SIZE X:0000.00
P-SIZE Y:0000.00
Interface Setup
Language
Off
On
0
Abort Print
Buffer Clear
60 minutes
System Setup
Y-Mirror
Color
*1
Roll/Cut Sheet
10 seconds
30 seconds
1 minute
2 minutes
5 minutes
10 minutes
30 minutes
60 minutes
999%
1%
15
*1
Hardware
Xon/Xoff
EOP Timer
100%
Pen
Print Mode
Handshake
*2
Scale
PRINT INF
Yes
No
Print Operation
Baud Rate
2400bps
Overlay
Merge
DISPLAY
Main Menu
RS-232C
Line Intersect
SERVICE MODE
*3
*3
INITIALIZE
W-INK: 000000
*Dot count value(Indicated value x ten thousand)
Auto Adjust Mode
T-PLOT: 000000
*Carriage driving time
On
Off
I/C EEPROM
Feed Priority
E/C EEPROM
Print Length
Band Joint
Information
: Indicates the main menu or menu
(Select the item moving the up or down arrow key.)
(The halftone items are indicated only in the roll media mode.)
*1: Can be set in printer driver property , and the setting for
them are taken priority to the operation panel setting when
printing through the driver .
*2: Can be set in printer driver property ,both setting of plotter
driver and operation panel for them reflect on printing.
*3:The service mode menu is indicated only the printer is started in
I/C: Ver.
I/Boot: Ver.
E/C: Ver.
E/Boot: Ver.
E/Slv: Ver.
Memory
Error
the service mode.
xxx
xxx
xxx
: Indicates set value.
*Press the right or left arrow key to accept the set value.
*Press the ENTER key to accept or execute the selection.
*(Underlined items are indicated only in the cut sheet media
mode.)
A-1
This document is printed
on 100% recycled paper.
PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CANON INC.

Similar documents